TW200526730A - Cellulose acetate film, optical compensatory sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display - Google Patents

Cellulose acetate film, optical compensatory sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200526730A
TW200526730A TW093133833A TW93133833A TW200526730A TW 200526730 A TW200526730 A TW 200526730A TW 093133833 A TW093133833 A TW 093133833A TW 93133833 A TW93133833 A TW 93133833A TW 200526730 A TW200526730 A TW 200526730A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
cellulose acetate
group
film
liquid crystal
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW093133833A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI372772B (en
Inventor
Yasuyuki Sasada
Original Assignee
Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd filed Critical Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd
Publication of TW200526730A publication Critical patent/TW200526730A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI372772B publication Critical patent/TWI372772B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133524Light-guides, e.g. fibre-optic bundles, louvered or jalousie light-guides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/13363Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a cellulouse acetate film with low retardation in the thickness direction. When the retardation in the thickness direction is ranging from -12 nm to 25 nm, the film density under 25 DEG C is adjusted to 1.280 below.

Description

200526730 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於具有光學異方向性的乙酸纖維素薄膜、 使用其之光學補償片、偏光板及液晶顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 乙酸纖維素薄膜係使用於鹵化銀照相感光材料、相位 差板(光學補償片)、偏光板或液晶顯示裝置。 乙酸纖維素薄膜係藉由一般的溶劑流延法或熔融流延 法而製造。溶劑流延法係將乙酸纖維素於溶劑中溶解的溶 液(膠漿)流延至支持體上,使溶劑蒸發以形成薄膜。熔融 流延法係在支持體上藉由加熱乙酸纖維素而熔融者(熔融) 進行流延,冷卻支持體以形成薄膜。溶劑流延法之方法可 製造比熔融流延法的平面性高且良好的薄膜。爲此,普通 係採用比熔融流延法要好的溶劑流延法。 使用於溶劑流延法的乙酸纖維素溶劑一般爲有機溶 劑’主要係使用如二氯甲烷的氯化烴。亦已有硏究代替氯 化烴’使用其他有機溶劑的方法。乙酸纖維素的有機溶劑 係已知有丙酮(沸點:56t:)、乙酸甲酯(沸點:56χ:)、四氫呋 喃(沸點:65°C )、1,3-二氧雜戊環(沸點:75^ )、14-二噁烷(沸 點:1 0 1 °C )。然而,取代度高(例如取代度爲2.8 7以上)的乙 酸纖維素藉由習知的溶解方法,係難以溶解於氯化烴以外 的有機溶劑中,而無法得到實用上充分濃度的溶液。又, 溶解於氯化烴時亦會有溶解時間長、生產性的問題。 爲取代習知的溶解方法,係已提案於低溫下溶解乙酸 纖維素之方法,即冷却溶解法(參照例如非專利文獻1 )。若 200526730 根據該報告的話,將乙酸纖維素(醋化度6 0 . 1 %〜6 1 . 3 %)於丙 ^ 酮中冷卻至-80°C〜-70°C後,藉由加溫可得到0.5〜5質量% 的稀薄溶液。所得溶液的用途係已提案有用於紡紗技術(例 如參照非專利文獻1)。 又’亦已提案使用冷却溶解法所得溶液,以製造乙酸 纖維素薄膜(例如參照專利文獻1〜3)。 再者’關於將乙酸纖維素迅速且完全地溶解之方法, 係已提案一種膠漿溶解方法,其特徵係目的爲粗溶解之步 驟時’具有邊送液邊促進溶解的步驟(例如參照專利文獻 · 4)。 【非專利文獻1】Makromol.chem.第143卷、第1〇5 頁、1971年 【非專利文獻2】纖維機械學會誌、第34卷、第57-61 頁、1 9 8 1年 【專利文獻1】特開平9 - 9 5 5 3 8號公報 【專利文獻2】特開平9-95 544號公報 【專利文獻3】特開平9 - 9 5 5 5 7號公報 g 【專利文獻4】特開2003-221449號公報 【發明內容】 【發明所欲解決的課題】 乙酸纖維素薄膜使用於如相位差板(光學補償片)、偏 光板或液晶顯示裝置的光學用途時,其光學異方向性係爲 非常重要。乙酸纖維素薄膜一般係容易控制其面内的遲滯 (Re),但是厚度方向的遲滯(Rth)控制、特別是降低Rth則 係爲困難。 200526730 的乙酸 度方向 及液晶 、下述 (17)之 膜密度 〇 的遲滯 的遲滯 ,其中 ,其中 40至 ’其中 有取代 本發明的目的係提供一種厚度方向之遲滯値低 纖維素薄膜。 又’本發明的目的亦提供一種使用具有適切厚 的遲滯値之乙酸纖維素薄膜的光學補償片、偏光板 顯示裝置。 【解決課題之手段】 本發明係提供下述(1)〜(13)之乙酸纖維素薄膜 (14)之光學補償片、下述(15)之偏光板及下述(16)、 液晶顯示裝置。 (U—種乙酸纖維素薄膜,其特徵係在25 °C的薄 爲1.280以下,且厚度方向的遲滯値爲]2至25nm (2) 如(1)記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中厚度方向 値爲〇至25nm。 (3) 如(2)記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中厚度方向 値爲〇至I5nm。 (4) 如(1)至(3)中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜 面内遲滯値的絕對値爲0至1 Onm。 (5) 如(1)至(4)中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜 膜厚爲10至5 00μπι。 (6) 如(5)記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中膜厚爲 2 Ο Ο μιη 〇 (7) 如(1)至(6)中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜 構成薄膜之乙酸纖維素係在2.87至3.00的、範圍內具 度。 (8)如(1)至(7)中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中 200526730 更含有滿足下述式(I)條件之遲滯降低劑,且該遲滯降低劑 具有滿足下述式(Π)之量: (I) (Rth(A)-Rth(0)/A^ -1.0 (II) 0.01 S AS 30 [式中,Rth(A)係爲每100質量份乙酸纖維素含有入質 量份的遲滯降低劑之乙酸纖維素薄膜厚度方向的遲滞 値;Rth(0)係爲除了不添加遲滯降低劑以外,同樣製作的^ 酸纖維素薄膜厚度方向的遲滯値;而且,A係每1 〇〇質量 份乙酸纖維素的遲滯降低劑添加量(質量份)]。 (9) 如(1)至(8)中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜’其係 藉由氯系溶劑爲主溶劑之溶劑流延法而製造。 (10) 如(9)記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶劑與^ 酸纖維素之混合物係使用藉由於-100〜-10 °C冷却步驟所調 製的乙酸纖維素溶液。 (11) 如(10)記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶劑與& 酸纖維素之混合物係使用在-100— 10 °C冷却步驟前,藉由 將氯系溶劑與乙酸纖維素之混合物以-1 〇〜5 5 °C實施膨 '潤的 步驟所調製的乙酸纖維素溶液。 (12) 如(10)記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶劑與Z 酸纖維素之混合物係使用在-100〜-10 °C冷却步驟後,藉由 將氯系溶劑與乙酸纖維素之混合物於0〜5 7 °C實施加溫步驟 所調製的乙酸纖維素溶液。 (13) 如(9)記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶劑與& 酸纖維素之混合物係使用藉由於30〜200 °C加熱步驟所調製 200526730 (I4)一種光學補償片,其係具有至少一片以上的(1)至 .. (1 3 )中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜。 (1 5 ) —種偏光板,其係具有至少一片以上的(1)至(1 3 ) 中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜。 (1 6) —種液晶顯示裝置,其係具有至少一片以上的(1) 至(1 3)中任一項記載之乙酸纖維素薄膜。 (1 7)如(1 6)記載之液晶顯示裝置,其係爲Va模式或IPS 模式。 乙酸纖維素薄膜於2 5 °C的密度,係將薄膜於溫度2 5 φ °C、相對濕度50%下經24小時調溫調濕後,於正庚烷/四 氯化碳系的密度勾配管中加以測定。 本說明書中,遲滯値係將試料30mmx40mm以25°C、 6 0%RH經2小時調濕的値。面内遲滯値之Re(λ)係利用偏 光解析裝置(Μ-150:日本分光(股)製),使用He-Ne雷射進行 測定。又,厚度方向的遲滯値Rth( λ),係上述Re (λ)、面内 的遲相軸爲傾斜軸、對薄膜法線方向,從+ 4 0。傾斜方向入 射波長λ nm的光所測定的遲滯値,及面内的遲相軸爲傾斜 0 軸、對薄膜法線方向、從-40。傾斜方向入射波長λ nm的光 所測定遲滯値,根據總計3個方向所測定的遲滯値,輸入 乙酸纖維素的平均折射率假定値1 · 4 8及膜厚而算出。 【發明效果】 由本發明者硏究的結果,在習知技術的乙酸纖維素薄 膜(例如特開2000- 1 1 1 9 1 4號公報中記載的乙酸纖維素薄膜) 的密度,可明顯得知爲1·2 80〜1.290。 根據本發明者進一步硏究的結果,厚度方向的遲滯値 200526730 低(0至3 0 n m )的乙酸纖維素薄膜’亦可明顯得知其始度爲 比習知技術低之値(1 . 2 8 0以下)°藉由調整密度’厚度方向 的遲滯値低之乙酸纖維素薄膜可合理的生產。 使用由本發明所得厚度方向遲滯値低之乙酸纖維素薄 膜,不會產生問題,且可任意控制相位差板及偏光板的遲 滯値。因此,藉由使用此等之相位差板或者偏光板,可得 到可靠性高的液晶顯示裝置。 【實施發明的最佳形態】 乙酸纖維素薄膜在2 5 °C的密度爲1.2 8 0以下。密度係 以1.200〜1.280爲更佳,1.250〜1.280爲最佳。 乙酸纖維素薄膜厚度方向的遲滯値爲-12至25nm。厚 度方向的遲滯値係以-5至25nm爲佳,〇至25nm爲更佳, 0至15nm爲最佳。 乙酸纖維素係爲纖維素與乙酸之酯。乙酸纖維素係構 成纖維素之葡萄糖單位的2位、3位及6位所存在的羥基 之氫原子的全部或一部份,爲乙醯基所取代。 乙酸纖維素的取代度係以2.8 7以上爲佳,2.8 7至2.9 7 爲較佳,2.88至2·96爲更佳,2.90至2.95爲最佳。 乙酸纖維素的合成方法中,基本的原理係於右田伸彦 他、木材化學第180〜190頁(共立出版、1968年)中有所記 載。乙酸纖維素的代表合成方法係藉由乙酸酐-乙酸-硫酸 觸媒之液相醋化法。具體而言,將綿花棉絨纖維或木材紙 發等的纖維素原料以適當量的乙酸進行前處理後,投入預 先冷却的乙酸化混液加以酯化,以合成完全乙酸纖維素(2 位、3位及6位的醯化取代度合計約爲3 . 〇 〇)。上述乙酸化 200526730 及系 酐於 酸在。 乙存用 的及使 劑素量 化維剩 酯纖過 爲的上 作應論 、 反量 酸其學 乙與化 的 由 以 劑酐係 溶酸般 爲乙一 作 。, 般酸計 一 硫合 含的之 包媒分 係觸水 液爲的 混作内 在乙醯化反應終了後,爲了使系内殘存過剩乙酸酐加 水分解及將乙醯化觸媒一部份中和,添加中和劑(例如鈣、 鎂、鐵、鋁或鋅的碳酸鹽、乙酸鹽或氧化物)的水溶液。接 著,所得完全乙酸纖維素於少量醋化反應觸媒(一般而言爲 殘存的硫酸)存在下,藉由在50〜9 (TC保持進行皂化熟成, 以變化成具有所期望醯化取代度及聚合度之乙酸纖維素。 所期望的乙酸纖維素於所得時點內,系内殘存的觸媒係使 用如上述的中和劑完全中和,或者在未中和的水或稀硫酸 中投入乙酸纖維素溶液(或者在乙酸纖維素溶液中投入水 或稀硫酸)以分離乙酸纖維素,藉由洗浄及安定化處理以得 到乙酸纖維素。 乙酸継維素的聚合度係以黏度平均聚合度2 0 0至7 0 〇 爲佳,250至550爲較佳,250至400爲更佳,250至350 爲最佳。黏度平均聚合度係根據宇田等人的極限黏度法(宇 田和夫、齊藤秀夫、纖維學會誌、第1 8卷第1號、第1 〇 5〜1 2 0 頁、1 962年)進行測定。黏度平均聚合度的測定方法亦記載 於特開平9 _ 9 5 5 3 8號公報。 又,本發明中較佳使用的乙酸纖維素分子量分布,係 藉由凝膠滲透層析法加以評價,其多分散性指數 Mw/Mn(Mw爲質量平均分子量、Μη爲數量平均分子量) 小、分子量分布狹窄爲佳。具體的M w/Mn之値係以1.〇〜3.〇 爲佳,1.0〜2.0爲更佳,1.0〜1.6爲最佳。 -11- 200526730 低分子成分少的乙酸纖維素係平均分子量(聚合度) 高、黏度爲比一般的乙酸纖維素低之値。低分子成分少的 乙酸纖維素可藉由從一般方法合成的乙酸纖維素去除低分 子成分而得到。低分子成分的去除係藉由將乙酸纖維素以 適當的有機溶劑洗浄而實施。又,亦可合成低分子成分少 的乙酸纖維素。製造低分子成分少的乙酸纖維素時,在醋 化反應的硫酸觸媒量相對於纖維素1 0 0質量,係調整成0.5 至25質量份爲佳。硫酸觸媒的量爲上述範圍時,可合成分 子量分布點較佳的(分子量分布均句)乙酸纖維素。 關於乙酸纖維素的原料綿或合成方法,公開技報 200 1 - 1 745號(200 1年3月15日發行、發明協會)第7〜12 頁亦有所記載。 乙酸纖維素薄膜係構成薄膜的聚合物成分實質上由乙 酸纖維素所構成爲佳。『實質上』係意味著聚合物成分的 55質量%以上(較佳爲70質量%以上、更佳爲80質量%以 上、更佳爲90質量%以上)。乙酸纖維素薄膜中可倂用二種 類以上的乙酸纖維素。二種類以上的乙酸纖維素可以取代 度、聚合度或者分子量分布爲不同。 乙酸纖維素薄膜係藉由使用乙酸纖維素溶液之溶劑流 延法而製造爲佳。 乙酸纖維素溶液的原料係以使用乙酸纖維素粒子爲 佳。使用粒子的90質量%以上爲具有0.5至5mm的粒子徑 爲佳。又,使用粒子的50質量%以上爲具有1至4mm的粒 子徑爲佳。乙酸纖維素粒子含有近似盡可能爲球形的形狀 爲佳。 -12- 200526730 乙酸纖維素溶液的調製中所使用的乙酸纖維素,係以 含水率2質量%以下爲佳,1質量%以下爲更佳,0.7質量% 以下爲最佳。乙酸纖維素一般係含有2.5〜5質量%的含水 率。因此,由乾燥乙酸纖維素而使用爲佳。 [乙酸纖維素薄膜的添加劑] 用於溶劑流延法的乙酸纖維素溶液(膠漿),可在各調 製步驟中視其用途添加各種的添加劑(例如可塑劑、改質 劑、抗紫外線劑、光學異方向性控制劑、微粒子、剝離劑、 紅外線吸收劑)。可塑劑係如特開2 0 0 1 - 1 5 1 9 0 1號公報所記 載。紅外線吸收劑係如特開平2 0 0 1 - 1 9 4 5 2 2號公報所記載。 加入添加劑的時期係視其添加劑的種類而決定。膠漿調製 的最後可實施加入添加劑之步驟。 乙酸纖維素薄膜亦可藉由取代使用乙酸纖維素溶液的 溶劑流延法之熔融流延法而製造。熔融流延法的情形,亦 可將各種的添加劑(例如降低光學的異方向性的化合物、波 長分散調整劑、抗紫外線劑、可塑劑、劣化防止劑、微粒 子、光學特性調整劑)於乙酸纖維素的熱熔融時加入。 [遲滯降低劑] 爲了使薄膜厚度方向的遲滯値(Rth)爲近似零之値,除 了降低乙酸纖維素薄膜的密度,化合物本身可使用分極率 異方向性小的化合物而充分降低光學的異方向性爲佳。使 用如此的化合物時,亦可降低乙酸纖維素薄膜的面内遲滯 値(Re)。降低光學異方向性之化合物,即遲滯降低劑,係 與乙酸纖維素充分地相溶,且化合物本身不具有棒狀的構 造或平面性的構造爲佳。例如化合物係具有複數個如芳香 200526730 族基的平面性官能基時,係期望此等官能基不爲同一平 面、而具有非平面的構造。 乙酸纖維素薄膜係更含有滿足下述式(I)條件之遲滯 降低劑,且其滿足下述式(II)之量者爲佳。 (I) (Rth(A)-Rth(0)/A ^-1.0 (II) 0.01 S AS 30 式中,Rth(A)係爲每100質量份乙酸纖維素含有八質 量份的遲滯降低劑之乙酸纖維素薄膜厚度方向的遲滯値。 Rth(0)係除了不添加遲滞降低劑以外,同樣地製作的乙酸 纖維素薄膜厚度方向的遲滯値。A係每1 〇〇質量份乙酸纖 維素的遲滯降低劑添加量(質量份)。 遲滯降低劑與其添加量滿足下述式(la)、(II a)爲佳,滿 足下述式(lb)、(lib)爲更佳。 (Ia)(Rth(A)-Rth(0)/A ^ -2.0 (IIa)0.05 ^ A ^ 25200526730 IX. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention belongs] The present invention relates to a cellulose acetate film having optical anisotropy, an optical compensation sheet using the same, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device. [Prior art] Cellulose acetate films are used in silver halide photographic materials, retardation plates (optical compensation plates), polarizing plates or liquid crystal display devices. The cellulose acetate film is produced by a general solvent casting method or a melt casting method. The solvent casting method is a method in which a solution (glue) in which cellulose acetate is dissolved in a solvent is cast onto a support, and the solvent is evaporated to form a thin film. Melt Casting method is to cast (melt) a molten material by heating cellulose acetate on a support, and to cool the support to form a thin film. The method of the solvent casting method can produce a film having higher planarity and a better film than the melt casting method. For this reason, the conventional system uses a solvent casting method which is better than the melt casting method. The cellulose acetate solvent used in the solvent casting method is generally an organic solvent ', mainly using a chlorinated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane. There have also been researched methods using other organic solvents instead of chlorinated hydrocarbons. Organic solvents of cellulose acetate are known as acetone (boiling point: 56t :), methyl acetate (boiling point: 56χ :), tetrahydrofuran (boiling point: 65 ° C), 1,3-dioxolane (boiling point: 75) ^), 14-dioxane (boiling point: 101 ° C). However, cellulose acetate having a high degree of substitution (for example, a degree of substitution of 2.87 or more) is difficult to dissolve in an organic solvent other than a chlorinated hydrocarbon by a conventional dissolution method, and a solution having a practically sufficient concentration cannot be obtained. In addition, when dissolved in chlorinated hydrocarbons, there are problems of long dissolution time and productivity. To replace the conventional dissolving method, a method of dissolving cellulose acetate at a low temperature, that is, a cooling dissolving method has been proposed (see, for example, Non-Patent Document 1). According to 200526730, according to the report, cellulose acetate (degree of vinegarization: 60.1% ~ 61.3%) is cooled in acetone to -80 ° C ~ -70 ° C, and can be heated by heating. A dilute solution of 0.5 to 5% by mass was obtained. The use of the obtained solution has been proposed for spinning technology (for example, refer to Non-Patent Document 1). It has also been proposed to use a solution obtained by a cooling dissolution method to produce a cellulose acetate film (for example, refer to Patent Documents 1 to 3). Furthermore, a method for dissolving cellulose acetate quickly and completely has been proposed as a method for dissolving glue, which is characterized in that when the purpose is a step of coarse dissolution, the method has a step of promoting dissolution while sending liquid (for example, refer to patent documents). 4). [Non-Patent Document 1] Makromol.chem. Vol. 143, Page 105, 1971 [Non-Patent Document 2] Journal of the Textile Machinery Society, Volume 34, Pages 57-61, 1981 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-9 5 5 3 8 [Patent Literature 2] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-95 544 [Patent Literature 3] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-9 5 5 5 7 g [Patent Literature 4] Publication No. 2003-221449 [Summary of the Invention] [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] When a cellulose acetate film is used in an optical application such as a retardation plate (optical compensation sheet), a polarizing plate, or a liquid crystal display device, its optical anisotropy The system is very important. In general, cellulose acetate films are easy to control in-plane retardation (Re), but it is difficult to control retardation (Rth) in the thickness direction, especially to reduce Rth. The hysteresis of the direction of acetic acid and liquid crystal of 200526730, and the hysteresis of the film density of the following (17), among which 40 to ′ are substituted. Among them, the purpose of the present invention is to provide a cellulose film with a low hysteresis in the thickness direction. It is also an object of the present invention to provide an optical compensation sheet and a polarizing plate display device using a cellulose acetate film having an appropriate cutting thickness of hysteresis. [Means for solving the problem] The present invention provides an optical compensation sheet of the cellulose acetate film (14) of the following (1) to (13), a polarizing plate of the following (15), and the following (16) and a liquid crystal display device . (U-type cellulose acetate film, characterized in that the thickness at 25 ° C is 1.280 or less, and the hysteresis in the thickness direction is 2 to 25 nm. (2) The cellulose acetate film according to (1), wherein the thickness direction値 is 0 to 25 nm. (3) The cellulose acetate film according to (2), wherein the thickness direction 値 is 0 to 15 nm. (4) The cellulose acetate film according to any one of (1) to (3) The absolute value of the in-plane hysteresis is 0 to 1 Onm. (5) The cellulose acetate film thickness as described in any one of (1) to (4) is 10 to 5000 μm. (6) As described in (5) Cellulose acetate film, wherein the film thickness is 2 〇 0 μιη 〇 (7) The cellulose acetate film as described in any one of (1) to (6), the cellulose acetate film is in the range of 2.87 to 3.00, (8) The cellulose acetate film according to any one of (1) to (7), in which 200526730 further contains a retardation reducing agent satisfying the condition of the following formula (I), and the retardation reducing agent has The amount of the following formula (Π): (I) (Rth (A) -Rth (0) / A ^ -1.0 (II) 0.01 S AS 30 [where Rth (A) is 100 parts by mass of acetate fiber Vegetarian Hysteresis 値 in the thickness direction of the cellulose acetate film in mass parts of the retardation reducing agent; Rth (0) is a hysteresis 厚度 in the thickness direction of the acid cellulose film produced in the same manner except that the retardation reducing agent is not added; Addition amount (mass part) of retardation reducing agent per 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate. (9) The cellulose acetate film according to any one of (1) to (8), which is a chlorine-based solvent (10) The cellulose acetate film according to (9), wherein the mixture of a chlorine-based solvent and cellulose acetate is used by a cooling step of -100 to -10 ° C. (11) The cellulose acetate film as described in (10), wherein the mixture of the chlorine-based solvent and the cellulose acetate is used before the cooling step of -100 to 10 ° C. A cellulose acetate solution prepared by performing a swelling step with a mixture of a solvent and cellulose acetate at -1 0 to 5 5 ° C. (12) The cellulose acetate film according to (10), wherein the chlorine solvent and Z acid cellulose mixture is used at -100 ~ -10 ° C cooling step Afterwards, the cellulose acetate solution prepared by heating the mixture of a chlorine-based solvent and cellulose acetate at 0 to 5 7 ° C. (13) The cellulose acetate film according to (9), wherein the chlorine A mixture of a solvent and & acid cellulose is a 200526730 (I4) optical compensation sheet prepared by a heating step at 30 to 200 ° C, which has at least one (1) to .. (1 3) The cellulose acetate film according to any one of the above. (1 5) A polarizing plate comprising at least one cellulose acetate film according to any one of (1) to (1 3). (16) A liquid crystal display device including at least one cellulose acetate film according to any one of (1) to (1 3). (17) The liquid crystal display device according to (16), which is a Va mode or an IPS mode. Density of cellulose acetate film at 25 ° C, the temperature of the film is 25 φ ° C and relative humidity of 50% after 24 hours temperature and humidity adjustment, and the density of n-heptane / carbon tetrachloride It is measured in a tube. In this specification, hysteresis concrete is a concrete material in which a sample of 30 mm x 40 mm is humidity-conditioned at 25 ° C and 60% RH for 2 hours. The Re (λ) of the in-plane hysteresis was measured using a polarizing analyzer (M-150: manufactured by JASCO Corporation) using He-Ne laser. Further, the hysteresis 値 Rth (λ) in the thickness direction is based on the above-mentioned Re (λ), and the in-plane retardation axis is an inclined axis, and the film normal direction is from +40. The hysteresis chirp measured by incident light at a wavelength of λ nm in the oblique direction, and the in-plane retardation axis is the oblique 0 axis, with respect to the film normal direction, from -40. The hysteresis 测定 measured by incident light having a wavelength of λ nm in the oblique direction was calculated based on the hysteresis 测定 measured in three directions in total, and the average refractive index of cellulose acetate was assumed to be 値 1 · 4 8 and the film thickness. [Effects of the Invention] As a result of studies conducted by the present inventors, it is apparent that the density of cellulose acetate films (for example, the cellulose acetate film described in JP-A-2000-11411) is known. It is 1 · 2 80 ~ 1.290. According to the results of further investigations by the inventors, the hysteresis in the thickness direction 200526730 low (0 to 30 nm) cellulose acetate film 'can also clearly know that its starting degree is lower than the conventional technology (1.2 80 or less) ° The cellulose acetate film with low hysteresis in the thickness direction can be produced rationally by adjusting the density. The use of the cellulose acetate film having a low thickness retardation in the thickness direction of the present invention does not cause a problem, and the retardation retardation of a retardation plate and a polarizing plate can be arbitrarily controlled. Therefore, by using such a retardation plate or a polarizing plate, a highly reliable liquid crystal display device can be obtained. [Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] The density of the cellulose acetate film at 25 ° C is 1.280 or less. The density is more preferably 1.200 ~ 1.280, and most preferably 1.250 ~ 1.280. The hysteresis in the thickness direction of the cellulose acetate film is -12 to 25 nm. The hysteresis in the thickness direction is preferably -5 to 25 nm, more preferably 0 to 25 nm, and most preferably 0 to 15 nm. Cellulose acetate is an ester of cellulose and acetic acid. Cellulose acetate refers to all or part of the hydrogen atoms of the hydroxyl groups present at the 2-, 3-, and 6-positions of the glucose unit of cellulose, and is replaced by an acetamyl group. The degree of substitution of cellulose acetate is preferably 2.87 or more, more preferably 2.87 to 2.97, more preferably 2.88 to 2.96, and most preferably 2.90 to 2.95. The basic principles of the synthetic method of cellulose acetate are described in Shinoda Uda, Wood Chemistry, pp. 180-190 (Kyoritsu Publishing, 1968). A typical synthetic method of cellulose acetate is a liquid-phase vinegarization method using an acetic anhydride-acetic acid-sulfuric acid catalyst. Specifically, a cellulose raw material such as cotton wool fiber or wood paper hair is pretreated with an appropriate amount of acetic acid, and then the pre-cooled acetic acid mixture is esterified to synthesize complete cellulose acetate (2-position, 3-position). The total degree of tritium substitution at 6 and 6 is about 3.0. The above-mentioned acetic acid 200526730 and its anhydride are in acid. The storage of ethyl acetate and the use of acetone to reduce the amount of sterilized ester fibers should be considered as the theory of inverse acidity. The chemical properties of acetone and acetone are based on the use of acetic anhydride as the soluble acid. In order to make the residual acetic anhydride in the system hydrolyzed and partially neutralize the acetic acid catalyst, after the internal acetylation reaction is completed, the mixed water-containing solvent of the acid-sulfur-containing media is contacted with water. Add an aqueous solution of a neutralizing agent (such as calcium, magnesium, iron, aluminum, or zinc carbonate, acetate, or oxide). Next, in the presence of a small amount of acetic acid reaction catalyst (generally, residual sulfuric acid), the obtained complete cellulose acetate is saponified and matured at 50 to 9 (TC maintained) to change to have a desired degree of tritiated substitution and The degree of polymerization of cellulose acetate. The desired cellulose acetate was obtained at the time point. The remaining catalyst in the system was completely neutralized with a neutralizing agent as described above, or the acetate fiber was put into unneutralized water or dilute sulfuric acid. Cellulose solution (or put water or dilute sulfuric acid into cellulose acetate solution) to separate cellulose acetate, and then wash and stabilize to obtain cellulose acetate. The polymerization degree of savirin acetate is an average degree of polymerization with a viscosity of 20 0 to 7 0, preferably 250 to 550, more preferably 250 to 400, and most preferably 250 to 350. The average viscosity of the viscosity is based on the limiting viscosity method of Uda et al. (Uda Kazuo, Hideo Saito, fiber Academic Society Journal, Vol. 18 No. 1, No. 105 ~ 120, page 1962). The method for measuring the viscosity average polymerization degree is also described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9 _ 9 5 5 3 8. It is preferable in the present invention. The molecular weight distribution of cellulose acetate used was evaluated by gel permeation chromatography, and its polydispersity index Mw / Mn (Mw is the mass average molecular weight, Mη is the number average molecular weight) is small, and the molecular weight distribution is preferably narrow. Specific The M w / Mn ratio is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and most preferably 1.0 to 1.6. -11- 200526730 The average molecular weight of cellulose acetate with few low molecular components (polymerization Degree) High, viscosity is lower than ordinary cellulose acetate. Cellulose acetate with low low molecular components can be obtained by removing low molecular components from cellulose acetate synthesized by general methods. The removal of low molecular components is by The cellulose acetate is washed and washed with a suitable organic solvent. It is also possible to synthesize cellulose acetate with low low-molecular components. When producing cellulose acetate with low low-molecular components, the amount of sulfuric acid catalyst in the acetation reaction is relative to the fiber. It is better to adjust the mass of 100 to 0.5 to 25 parts by mass. When the amount of the sulfuric acid catalyst is in the above range, cellulose acetate having a preferable molecular weight distribution point (molecular weight distribution uniform sentence) can be synthesized. About B Cellulose raw materials or synthetic methods are also described in Japanese Technical Publication No. 200 1-1 745 (issued on March 15, 2001, Japan Association of Inventions), pages 7 to 12. Cellulose acetate film is a kind of film-forming polymerization. It is preferable that the material component is substantially composed of cellulose acetate. "Substantially" means 55% by mass or more of the polymer component (preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and more preferably 90% by mass) % Or more). Two or more types of cellulose acetate can be used in the cellulose acetate film. The two or more types of cellulose acetate can have different degrees of substitution, polymerization degree, or molecular weight distribution. The cellulose acetate film is made by using cellulose acetate. The solution is preferably produced by a solvent casting method. The raw material of the cellulose acetate solution is preferably cellulose acetate particles. It is preferable that 90% by mass or more of the used particles have a particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 mm. In addition, it is preferable that 50% by mass or more of the particles have a particle diameter of 1 to 4 mm. It is preferable that the cellulose acetate particles contain a shape that is as nearly spherical as possible. -12- 200526730 The cellulose acetate used in the preparation of the cellulose acetate solution is preferably a water content of 2% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and most preferably 0.7% by mass or less. Cellulose acetate generally contains a water content of 2.5 to 5% by mass. Therefore, it is preferably used by drying cellulose acetate. [Additives of cellulose acetate film] Various types of additives (such as plasticizers, modifiers, anti-ultraviolet agents, optical Anisotropy control agent, fine particles, release agent, infrared absorber). The plasticizer is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2000-1-151910. The infrared absorbing agent is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2000-1 1 9 4 5 2 2. The timing of adding additives depends on the type of additive. Addition of additives can be carried out at the end of the dope preparation. The cellulose acetate film can also be produced by a melt casting method instead of a solvent casting method using a cellulose acetate solution. In the case of the melt casting method, various additives (for example, a compound that reduces optical anisotropy, a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent, an anti-ultraviolet agent, a plasticizer, a deterioration preventing agent, fine particles, and an optical property adjusting agent) may be added to the acetate fiber. Added when the vegetable is hot-melted. [Hysteresis Reducing Agent] In order to make the retardation lag (Rth) in the thickness direction of the film approximately zero, in addition to reducing the density of the cellulose acetate film, the compound itself can use a compound with a low polarization and directionality to sufficiently reduce the optical direction Sex is better. When such a compound is used, the in-plane retardation Re (Re) of the cellulose acetate film can also be reduced. A compound that reduces optical anisotropy, that is, a retardation reducing agent, is sufficiently compatible with cellulose acetate, and the compound itself does not have a rod-like structure or a planar structure. For example, when the compound system has a plurality of planar functional groups such as aromatic 200526730 group, it is expected that these functional groups are not in the same plane but have a non-planar structure. The cellulose acetate film system further contains a retardation reducing agent that satisfies the conditions of the following formula (I), and it is preferable that the amount satisfies the following formula (II). (I) (Rth (A) -Rth (0) / A ^ -1.0 (II) 0.01 S AS 30 In the formula, Rth (A) is a compound containing 8 parts by mass of hysteresis reducing agent per 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate. Hysteresis in the thickness direction of cellulose acetate film. Rth (0) is a hysteresis in the thickness direction of the cellulose acetate film produced in the same manner except that a retardation reducing agent is not added. A is per 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate. The amount (parts by mass) of the retardation reducing agent. The retardation reducing agent and the amount of the retardation reducing agent preferably satisfy the following formulae (la) and (II a), and more preferably satisfy the following formulae (lb) and (lib). (Ia) ( Rth (A) -Rth (0) / A ^ -2.0 (IIa) 0.05 ^ A ^ 25

(Ib)(Rth(A)-Rth(0)/A ^ -3.0 (Ilb)0. 1 ^ A ^ 20 遲滯降低劑爲下述一般式(1 3)所示之化合物爲佳。 【化1】 一般式(1 3 >(Ib) (Rth (A) -Rth (0) / A ^ -3.0 (Ilb) 0.1 ^ A ^ 20 The retardation reducing agent is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1 3). ] General formula (1 3 >

[式中,R1係爲烷基或芳基,R2及R3係爲各別獨立地 氫原子、烷基或芳基,R1、R2及R3的碳原子數總和爲10 以上,烷基及芳基係可各別具有取代基] -1 4 - 200526730 烷基及芳基的取代基爲氟原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、 磺基及磺醯胺基爲佳,烷基、芳基、烷氧基、磺基及磺醯 胺基爲更佳。 烷基可具有分支構造或環狀構造。烷基的碳原子數係 1至25爲佳,6至2 5爲更佳,6至2 0爲最佳。烷基的例 子係包含甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第 三丁基、戊基、異戊基、第三戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、 辛基、二環辛基、壬基、金剛烷基、癸基、第三辛基、十 一烷基、十二垸基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十 六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基。 芳基的碳原子數係以6至3 〇爲佳,6至24爲更佳。 芳基之例係包含苯基、聯苯、三聯苯、萘基、聯二萘基、 三苯基苯基。 以下係顯示一般式(1 3 )所表示化合物之例。 200526730[Wherein R1 is an alkyl group or an aryl group, R2 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, the total number of carbon atoms of R1, R2 and R3 is 10 or more, and the alkyl group and the aryl group are May each have a substituent] -1 4-200526730 The alkyl and aryl substituents are preferably a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfo group and a sulfonamido group, and the alkyl group and the aryl group are preferred. , Alkoxy, sulfo and sulfonamido are more preferred. The alkyl group may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 25, more preferably 6 to 25, and most preferably 6 to 20. Examples of alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, third butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, third pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl , Octyl, bicyclooctyl, nonyl, adamantyl, decyl, third octyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, ten Hexyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, undecyl, eicosyl. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 24. Examples of aryl include phenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl, naphthyl, bipernaphthyl, and triphenylphenyl. The following are examples of compounds represented by the general formula (1 3). 200526730

200526730200526730

A一 3 8 A- 3 9 1 200526730A one 3 8 A- 3 9 1 200526730

A-4 9A-4 9

下述一般式(4)〜(12)所表示之化合物亦可作爲遲滯降 低劑使用。The compounds represented by the following general formulae (4) to (12) can also be used as a hysteresis reducing agent.

-18- 200526730 【化5 γ31—L31 一γ32 一般式⑷ V31 γ33_|^2 一 J_L3( 一般式(5) γ34 γ39 【38 γ3^_L35 - 0—匕兄 一般式(6) I*36 Υ37 y44 46 V32 ν33 * γ40_[39_ 占一L43_A一 jj4D j^41 >|r41 >|r42 一般式(7) [43 y34 Y45—L44-C—L48—C—L^Y48 '45 r46 γί7 一般式(8〉 v35 V36 V37 -L40q _l5^_q _l55__l53—y53-18- 200526730 [Chemical formula 5 γ31—L31-γ32 General formula ⑷ V31 γ33_ | ^ 2-J_L3 (General formula (5) γ34 γ39 [38 γ3 ^ _L35-0—General formula (6) I * 36 Υ37 y44 46 V32 ν33 * γ40_ [39_ Zhanyi L43_A_jj4D j ^ 41 > | r41 > | r42 General formula (7) [43 y34 Y45—L44-C—L48—C—L ^ Y48 '45 r46 γί7 General formula (8> v35 V36 V37 -L40q _l5 ^ _q _l55__l53—y53

^62 ^61 >Jr52 一般式⑼ γ65 v38 L71 V39 ——Lee. 卜 【68 i 69 >{^1 ^62 ^63 一般式⑴〉 V40 I ν41 V42 Y65_L72^(!;_L7B. -C-L79- L73 L74 l 75 |ββ γ67 ^6B 一般式(12) 76 /70 200526730 一般式(4)〜(12)中,Y31〜Y7G係爲各別獨立地碳原子數 爲1至20的醯氧基、碳原子數爲2至20的烷氧基羰基、 碳原子數爲1至20的醯胺基、碳原子數爲1至20的胺甲 醯基或羥基。V31〜V43係爲各別獨立地氫原子或碳原子數爲 1至20的脂肪族基。L31〜L8()係爲各別獨立地單鍵,或者總 原子數爲1至40且碳原子數爲0至20的2價飽和連結基。 V31〜V43及L31〜L8()可更含有取代基。 醯氧基的碳原子數係以1至1 6爲佳,2至1 2爲更佳。 醯氧基的例子係包含乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、丁醯氧基、戊 醯氧基、異戊醯氧基、2,2-二甲基丙醯氧基、2-甲基丁醯氧 基、己醯氧基、2,2_二甲基丁醯氧基、庚醯氧基、環己基 羰氧基、2-乙基己醯氧基、辛醯氧基、癸醯氧基、十二醯 氧基、苯基乙醯氧基、1-萘基醯氧基、2-萘基醯氧基、1-金剛烷羰氧基。 烷氧基羰基的碳原子數係以2至1 6爲佳,2至1 2爲 更佳。烷氧基羰基的例子係包含甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、 丙氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰 基、異丁氧基羰基、第二丁氧基羰基、戊氧基羰基、第三 戊氧基羰基、己氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、2-乙基己氧基 羰基等、卜乙基丙氧基羰基、辛氧基羰基、3,7-二甲基- 3-辛氧基羰基、3,5, 5-三甲基己氧基羰基、4-第三丁基環己氧 基羰基、2,4-二甲基戊基-3-氧基羰基、1-金剛烷氧基羰基、 2-金剛烷氧基羰基、二環戊二烯氧基羰基、癸氧基羰基、 十二烷氧基羰基、十四烷氧基羰基、十六烷氧基羰基。 醯胺基的碳原子數係以1至1 6爲佳,1至1 2爲更佳。 -20- 200526730 醯胺基的例子係包含乙醯胺、丙醯胺、丁醯胺、異丁 戊醯胺、2,2 -二甲基丙醯胺、3 -甲基丁醯胺、3 -甲基丁 己烷醯胺、2,2 -二甲基丁醯胺、庚醯胺、環己基羧 2 -乙基己烷醯胺、2 -乙基丁醯胺、辛醯胺、壬醯胺、 烷羧醯胺、2 -金剛烷羧醯胺、癸醯胺、十三醯胺、 胺、十七醯胺。 胺甲醯基的碳原子數係以1至1 6爲佳,1至1 佳。胺甲醯基的例子係包含甲基胺甲醯基、二甲基 基、乙基胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、丙基胺甲醯 丙基胺甲醯基、丁基胺甲醯基、第三丁基胺甲醯基 基胺甲醯基、第二丁基胺甲醯基、戊基胺甲醯基、 基胺甲醯基、己基胺甲醯基、環己基胺甲醯基、2_ 基胺甲醯基、2-乙基丁基胺甲醯基、第三辛基胺甲 庚基胺甲醯基、辛基胺甲醯基、i _金剛烷基胺甲醯 金剛院基胺甲醯基、癸基胺甲醯基、十二烷基胺甲 十四丨兀基肢甲醯基、十六院基胺甲醯基。 Y31〜Y7()之取代基的例子係包含鹵原子(氟原子 子、漠原子、或碘原子)、直鎖、分支、環狀的烷2 一環院基、活性次甲基)、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環 基、院氧基鑛基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、胺甲 正釀基胺甲釀基、正磺醯胺甲醯基、正胺甲醯基胺甲 正胺礦釀基胺甲醯基、咔唑基、羧基或其鹽、乙二 胺基乙一酸基、氰基、碳醯亞胺基(Carbonimidoylg ϋ基' _基' j:完氧基(包括重覆含有乙氧基或丙氧基 基)、方氧基、雜瓖氧基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、 醯胺、 '醯胺、 醯胺、 1-金剛 十六醯 .2爲更 胺甲醯 基、異 、異丁 第三戊 乙基己 醯基、 基、2-醯基、 、氯原 S (包括 基、醯 醯基、 醯基、 醯基、 i)、甲 單位之 芳氧基 200526730 羰氧基、胺甲醯基氧基、磺醯氧基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳 基胺基、雜環胺基、醯胺基、磺醯胺基、脲基、硫脲基、 醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基 胺基、脲胺基、銨基、胺基乙二醯胺基、正烷基磺醯脲基、 正芳基磺醯脲基、正醯基脲基、正醯基胺磺醯基胺基、含 4級化氮原子的雜環基(例如,吡D定鑰基、咪唑_基、喹啉 鑰基、異喹啉鑰基)、異氰基、亞胺基、院基磺醯基、芳基 磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、磺基或其鹽、胺 磺醯基 '正醯基胺磺醯基、正磺醯胺磺醯基或其鹽、膦基、 氧膦基、氧膦氧基、氧膦胺基、砂院基、磷酸酯基。 Y31〜Y7()可爲複合上述取代基所形成之取代基。複合取 代基的例子係包含乙氧基乙氧基乙基、經基乙氧基乙基、 乙氧基羰基乙基。 V31〜V43之s旨肪族基的碳原子數係以1至16爲佳,1 至1 2爲更佳。脂肪族基係以脂肪族烴基爲佳,以鎖狀、分 支狀及環狀的烷基、烯基或炔基爲更佳。 烷基的例子係包含甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、 異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、第三戊基、己基、 辛基、癸基、十二烷基、二十烷基、2 -乙基己基、環戊基、 環己基、環庚基、2,6-二甲基環己基、4 -第三丁基環己基、 環戊基、1-金剛烷基、2-金剛烷基、二環[2.2.2]辛_3_基。 烯基的例子係包含乙烯、烯丙基、異戊間二_基、香 葉草基、油烯基、2_環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯基。 炔基的例子係包含乙炔基、炔丙基。 之取代基的例子係與Υ31〜之取代基的例子 -22- 200526730 相同。 L31〜L8〇之連結基的例子係包含伸烷基(例如,亞甲 基、伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、 六亞甲基、甲基伸乙基、乙基伸乙基)、2價的環式基(例如, 順式-1,4-環己亞基、反式-1,^環己亞基、環亞戊基)、 醚、硫醚、酯、醯胺、颯、亞颯、硫醚、磺醯胺、亞脲、 硫亞服。 二以上的連結基可鍵結形成:價的複合連結基。複合 取代基的例子係包含-(CH2)2_0_(CH2h· 口^ 62 ^ 61 > Jr52 General formula γ65 v38 L71 V39 ——Lee. Bu [68 i 69 > {^ 1 ^ 62 ^ 63 General formula ⑴> V40 I ν41 V42 Y65_L72 ^ (!; _ L7B. -C- L79- L73 L74 l 75 | ββ γ67 ^ 6B General formula (12) 76/70 200526730 In general formulas (4) to (12), Y31 to Y7G are each independently fluorene oxygen having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Group, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, amidino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbamoyl group or hydroxyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. V31 to V43 are each independent. Geohydrogen or aliphatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. L31 to L8 () are each a single bond, or a divalent saturation having 1 to 40 total atoms and 0 to 20 carbon atoms. Linking groups. V31 to V43 and L31 to L8 () may further contain substituents. The number of carbon atoms of fluorenyloxy is preferably 1 to 16 and more preferably 2 to 12. Examples of fluorenyloxy include ethyl Ethoxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, pentamyloxy, isoamyloxy, 2,2-dimethylpropanyloxy, 2-methylbutyryloxy, hexamethyleneoxy , 2,2-Dimethylbutyryloxy, heptyloxy, cyclohexylcarbonyloxy, 2-ethylhexamidine Octyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, phenylethoxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 1-adamantylcarbonyloxy. The number of carbon atoms of the oxycarbonyl group is preferably from 2 to 16 and more preferably from 2 to 12. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, and isopropoxy group. Carbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, third butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, second butoxycarbonyl, pentoxycarbonyl, third pentoxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl , 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, etc., ethylethylpropoxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, 3,7-dimethyl-3-octyloxycarbonyl, 3,5,5-trimethylhexyloxycarbonyl , 4-tert-butylcyclohexyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl-3-oxycarbonyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyl, 2-adamantyloxycarbonyl, dicyclopentadiene Oxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, dodecyloxycarbonyl, tetradecyloxycarbonyl, hexadecyloxycarbonyl. The number of carbon atoms of amidino is preferably 1 to 16, and 1 to 1 2 -20- 200526730 Examples of amido groups include B Ammonium, propylamidine, butylamidine, isobutylamylamine, 2,2-dimethylpropylammonium, 3-methylbutylammonium, 3-methylbutanylamine, 2,2- Dimethyl butanidine, heptylamine, cyclohexylcarboxy 2-ethylhexaneamide, 2-ethylbutanidine, octylamine, nonamidine, alkylcarboxamide, 2-adamantylcarboxamide Amine, Decamidine, Tridecylamine, Amine, Heptadecylamine. The carbon number of the carbamoyl group is preferably from 1 to 16, and more preferably from 1 to 1. Examples of carbamoyl groups include methylamine carbamoyl, dimethyl, ethylamine carbamoyl, diethylamine carbamoyl, propylamine carbamoyl, propylamine carbamoyl, and butylamine. Formamidine, third butylaminoformamylaminoformamyl, second butylaminoformamyl, pentylamineformamyl, amidoformamyl, hexylamineformamyl, cyclohexylamine Fluorenyl, 2-methylaminomethylamidino, 2-ethylbutylaminomethylamidino, tertiary octylamine methylheptylamine methylamidino, octylamine methylamidino, i_adamantylamine methylamidamine Nominylamine formamyl, decylamine formamyl, dodecylamine formamidine, tetradecylamine formamyl, hexadecylamine formamyl. Examples of the substituents of Y31 to Y7 () include a halogen atom (fluorine atom, molybdenum atom, or iodine atom), a straight lock, a branch, a cyclic alkane, a cyclic alkyl group, an active methine group, an alkenyl group, Alkynyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, oxonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, heterocyclyloxycarbonyl, carbamoylaminomethylamino, n-sulfamomethylaminomethyl, n-aminomethylamino Carbaminyl, carbazolyl, carboxyl, or its salt, ethylenediaminoglyoxylate, cyano, and carboimide (Including repeated ethoxy or propoxy groups), square oxo, heterofluorenyloxy, fluorenyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, fluorenamine, fluorenamine, fluorenamine, 1-adamantyl醯 .2 is more aminomethyl amidino, iso, isobutyl tertiary pentyl ethyl hexanoyl, phenyl, 2-fluorenyl, chloro, S (including radical, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, i) Aryloxy group of methyl units 200526730 carbonyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, sulfonyloxy group, amine group, alkylamino group, arylamino group, heterocyclic amine group, fluorenylamino group, sulfonamido group , Urea, thiourea, hydrazone Imine, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, sulfamoylamino, ureaamino, ammonium, aminoethylenediamidoamine, n-alkylsulfonylurea, n-aryl Sulfonylurea, n-fluorenylureido, n-fluorenylamine sulfonamido, heterocyclic group containing a quaternary nitrogen atom (for example, pyridinyl, imidazolyl, quinolinyl, isopropyl (Quinolinyl), isocyano, imino, sulfosulfenyl, arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, sulfo or its salt, aminesulfinyl 'N-fluorenylaminosulfonyl, n-sulfanilinosulfanyl, or a salt thereof, phosphine, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, sulfonyl, phosphate. Y31 ~ Y7 () It may be a substituent formed by compounding the above-mentioned substituents. Examples of the compound substituent include ethoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, and ethoxycarbonylethyl. V31 ~ V43 The number of carbon atoms of the group group is preferably from 1 to 16, and more preferably from 1 to 12. The aliphatic group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a lock-shaped, branched and cyclic alkyl, alkenyl or alkyne A radical is more preferred. Examples of alkyl radicals include methyl Base, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, pentyl, third pentyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, Eicosyl, 2-ethylhexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 1-adamantyl , 2-adamantyl, bicyclic [2.2.2] oct-3-yl. Examples of alkenyl include ethylene, allyl, isoamyl, geranyl, oleyl, 2_ Cyclopenten-1-yl and 2-cyclohexenyl. Examples of alkynyl include ethynyl and propargyl. Examples of substituents are the same as those of -22-200526730. L31 ~ Examples of the linking group of L8O include an alkylene group (for example, methylene, ethylidene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, methylethylene Group, ethylidene group), divalent cyclic group (eg, cis-1,4-cyclohexylene, trans-1, cyclohexylene, cyclopentylene), ether, thioether , Esters, amidines, amidines, sulfenimides, thioethers, sulfonamides, ureites, thiosulfaminesTwo or more linking groups can be bonded to form a valence compound linking group. Examples of composite substituents include-(CH2) 2_0_ (CH2h

-(CH2)2-0-(CH2)2-0-(CH2). 、 -(CH2)2-S-(CH2)2-、 -(CH2)2-0-C0-(CH2)2- ° 可更含有取代基,取代基的例子可舉例如取代 上述R11'13的基。 式(4)〜(I2)所表示之化合物之例係包含檸檬酸_ (例 如,0 -乙醯基檸檬酸二乙酯、0 -乙醯基棒檬酸三丁酉b —* 日目、檸 檬酸乙醯基三乙酯、檸檬酸乙醯基三丁酯、0-乙醯基 > 酸三(乙氧基羰基亞甲基)酯)、油酸酯(例如,油酸乙酿 陶、油-(CH2) 2-0- (CH2) 2-0- (CH2).,-(CH2) 2-S- (CH2) 2-,-(CH2) 2-0-C0- (CH2) 2- ° A substituent may be further contained, and examples of the substituent include, for example, a group substituted for the aforementioned R11'13. Examples of the compounds represented by the formulae (4) to (I2) include citric acid (for example, 0-ethylammonium citrate, 0-ethylammonium citrate tributylammonium b— * Nichime, lemon Triethyl ethanoate, tributyl butyl citrate, 0-ethyl triethyl> tris (ethoxycarbonylmethylene) acid ester), oleates (e.g., ethyl oleate, oil

酸丁酯、油酸2 -乙基己酯、油酸苯酯、油酸環己酯、 仰酸 辛基)、篦麻油酸酯(例如,篦麻油酸甲基乙醯基)、癸〜β y〜酸 酯(例如,癸二酸二丁基)、甘油的碳酸酯(例如,三乙酸甘 油酯、三三丁酸甘油酯)、乙醇酸酯(例如,丁基鄰苯〜 甲 醯基丁基乙醇酸酯、乙基鄰苯二甲醯基乙基乙醇酸酯、 甲 基鄰苯二甲醯基乙基乙醇酸酯、丁基鄰苯二甲醯基丁基2 醇酸酯、甲基鄰苯二甲醯基甲基乙醇酸酯、丙基鄰苯 醯基丙基乙醇酸酯、丁基鄰苯二甲醯基丁基乙醇酸酷、 -23- 200526730 基鄰苯二甲醯基辛基乙醇酸酯)、異戊四醇的碳酸酯(例 如,異戊四醇四乙酸酯、異戊四醇四丁酸酯)、二異戊四醇 的碳酸酯(例如,二異戊四醇六乙酸酯、二異戊四醇六丁酸 酯、二異戊四醇四乙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷的碳酸酯(例如, 三羥甲基丙烷三乙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二乙酸酯單丙酸 酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丁酸酯、三 羥甲基丙烷三特戊酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(乙酸第三丁 酯)、三羥甲基丙烷二2 -乙基己酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷四2 -乙基己酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二乙酸酯單辛酸酯、三羥甲基 丙烷三辛酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(環己烷羧酸酯))、吡咯啶 酮碳酸酯類(2 -吡咯啶酮-5 -碳酸甲酯、2 -吡略啶酮-5 -碳酸 乙酯、2 -吡咯啶酮-5 -碳酸丁酯、2 -吡咯啶酮-5 -碳酸2 -乙基 己基)、環己烷二碳酸酯(例如,順式-1,2-環己烷二碳酸二 丁酯、反式-1,2-環己烷二碳酸二丁酯、順式-i,4-環己烷二 碳酸二丁酯、反式-1,4-環己烷二碳酸二丁基)、木糖醇碳酸 酯(例如,木糖醇五乙酸酯、木糖醇四乙酸酯、木糖醇五丙 酸酯)。 丙三醇酯係如特開平1 1 - 2 4 6 7 0 4公報所記載。二丙三 醇酯係如特開2000-63 5 60號公報所記載。檸檬酸酯係如特 開平1 1 -92 5 74號公報所記載。 下述一般式(1 6)所表示之化合物亦可作爲遲滯降低劑 使用。 -24 - 200526730 【化6】 一般式(1 6 >Butyl ester, 2-ethylhexyl oleate, phenyl oleate, cyclohexyl oleate, octyl salicylate, ramie oleate (eg, methyl ethyl fluorenate linoleate), decyl ~ β y ~ Esters (e.g., dibutyl sebacate), glycerol carbonates (e.g., glyceryl triacetate, glyceryl tritributyrate), glycolates (e.g., butyl o-phenylene ~ formylbutyl) Glycolate, ethylphthalate ethyl glycolate, methyl phthalate ethyl glycolate, butyl phthalate ethyl glycolate, methyl o-phthalate Xylylene methyl glycolate, propyl o-phenyl ethyl propyl glycolate, butyl ophthalyl butyl glycolate, -23- 200526730 o-dimethyl dimethyl octyl Glycolate), carbonates of isopentaerythritol (e.g., isopentaerythritol tetraacetate, isopentaerythritol tetrabutyrate), carbonates of diisopentaerythritol (e.g., diisopentaerythritol) Hexaacetate, diisopentaerythritol hexabutyrate, diisopentaerythritol tetraacetate), carbonates of trimethylolpropane (for example, trimethylolpropane triacetate, trimethylol base Alkane diacetate monopropionate, trimethylolpropane tripropionate, trimethylolpropane tributyrate, trimethylolpropane tripentanoate, trimethylolpropane tri (acetic acid Tributyl ester), trimethylolpropane di 2-ethylhexanoate, trimethylolpropane tetra 2-ethylhexanoate, trimethylolpropane diacetate monocaprylate, trimethylol Propane tricaprylate, trimethylolpropane tri (cyclohexane carboxylate)), pyrrolidone carbonates (2-pyrrolidone-5-methyl carbonate, 2-pyrrolidone-5 -Ethyl carbonate, 2-pyrrolidone-5-butyl carbonate, 2-pyrrolidone-5-2-ethylhexyl carbonate, cyclohexane dicarbonate (eg, cis-1,2-cyclo Dibutyl hexane dicarbonate, trans-1,2-cyclohexane dicarbonate, cis-i, 4-cyclohexane dibutyl carbonate, trans-1,4-cyclohexane Dibutyl dicarbonate), xylitol carbonate (eg, xylitol pentaacetate, xylitol tetraacetate, xylitol pentapropionate). The glycerol ester is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1 1-2 4 67 0 4. Diglycerol ester is described in JP-A-2000-63 5 60. Citrate is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1 1-92 5 74. The compound represented by the following general formula (16) can also be used as a hysteresis reducing agent. -24-200526730 [Chemical formula 6] General formula (1 6 >

d I 3 Q1—X—Q3 在一般式(16)中,Q1、Q2及q3係爲各別獨立地含有5 員環或6員環之基。環係包含烴環及雜環。環可與其他的 環形成縮合環。 烴環係爲取代或無取代的環己烷環、取代或無取代的 鲁 環戊烷環或芳香族烴環爲佳,以芳香族烴環爲更佳。 芳香族烴環係以碳原子數6至3 0的單環或二環(例 如’苯環、萘環)爲佳。碳原子數係以6至20爲佳,6至 12爲更佳。苯環爲最佳。 雜環係爲包含氧原子、氮原子或硫原子之雜原子爲 佳。雜環爲含有芳香族性者爲佳。 雜環之例係包含呋喃、吡略、噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡 啶、吡阱、嗒阱、三唑、三阱、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑 0 阱、噻唑、噻二唑、噚唑阱、曙唑、噚二唑、喹阱、異喹 畊、呔阱、萘錠、喹喔啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、蝶啶、吖啶、 菲繞啉、吩阱、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并曙唑、苯并噻唑、 苯并三D坐、四亞柳。以吡啶、三畊、喹畊爲佳。 Q1、Q2及Q3可具有取代基。 取代基的例子係包含烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、胺基、 取代胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基 羯基、醯氧基、醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺 -25- 200526730 基、磺醯胺基、胺磺醯基、取代胺磺醯基、胺甲醯基、取 代胺甲醯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、磺醯基、亞磺醯基、脲基、 磷酸醯胺基、羥基、氫硫基、鹵原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴 原子、碘原子)、氰基、磺醯基、羧基、硝基、氧肟酸基、 膦基、肼基、亞胺基、雜環基、矽烷基。此等取代基可更 含有取代基。複數的取代基可互相不同。又,複數的取代 s可互相鍵結以形成環。 烷基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜12爲更佳,I” 爲最佳。烷基的例子係包含甲基、乙基、異丙基、第 基、辛基、癸基、十六烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基。 烯基的碳原子數係以2〜20爲佳,2〜12爲更佳, 爲最佳。烯基的例子係包含乙烯、烯丙基、2_丁烯基、 戊細基。 炔基的碳原子數係以2〜20爲佳,2〜12爲更佳,2\8 爲最佳。炔基的例子係包含炔丙基、3 -戊炔基。 芳基的碳原子數係以6〜30爲佳,6〜20爲更佳,6〜12 爲最佳。芳基的例子係包含苯基、ρ -甲基苯基、萘基。 取代胺基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜10爲更佳, 1〜6爲最佳。取代胺基的例子係包含甲基胺基、二甲基胺 基、二乙基胺基、二戊基胺基。 烷氧基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜12爲更佳, 爲最佳。烷氧基的例子係包含甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基。 芳氧基的碳原子數係以6〜20爲佳,6〜16爲更佳,6〜12 爲最佳。芳氧基的例子係包含苯氧基、2-萘氧基。 醯基的碳原子數係以1〜2 〇爲佳,1〜1 6爲更佳,i〜i 2 -26- 200526730 爲最佳。醯基的例子係包含乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基、 三甲基乙醯基。 烷氧基羰基的碳原子數係以2〜20爲佳,2〜16爲更佳, 2〜12爲最佳。烷氧基羰基的例子係包含甲氧基羰基、乙氧 基簾基。 芳氧基羰基的碳原子數係以7〜20爲佳,7〜16爲更佳, 7〜10爲最佳。芳氧基羰基的例子係包含苯氧基羰基。 醯氧基的碳原子數係以2〜20爲佳,2〜16爲更佳,2〜10 爲最佳。醯氧基的例子係包含乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基。 醯胺基的碳原子數係以2〜20爲佳,2〜16爲更佳,2〜10 爲最佳。醯胺基的例子係包含醋醯胺、苯并醯胺。 烷氧基羰基胺基的碳原子數係以2〜20爲佳,2〜16爲 更佳,2〜1 2爲最佳。烷氧基羰基胺基的例子係包含甲氧基 羰基胺基。 芳氧基羰基胺基的碳原子數係以7〜20爲佳,7〜16爲 更佳,7〜12爲最佳。芳氧基羰基胺基的例子係包含苯氧基 羰基胺基。 磺醯胺基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜16爲更佳, 1〜1 2爲最佳。磺醯胺基的例子係包含甲烷磺醯胺、苯磺醯 胺。 取代胺磺醯基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜16爲更 佳,1〜1 2爲最佳。取代胺磺醯基的例子係包含甲基胺磺醯 基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基。 取代胺甲醯基的碳原子數係以2〜20爲佳,2〜16爲更 佳,2〜1 2爲最佳。取代胺甲醯基的例子係包含胺甲醯基、 -27 - 200526730 甲基胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、苯基胺甲醯基。 烷硫基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜16爲更佳,1〜12 爲最佳。烷硫基的例子係包含甲硫基、乙硫基。 芳硫基的碳原子數係以6〜20爲佳,6〜16爲更佳,6〜12 爲最佳。芳硫基的例子係包含苯硫基。 磺醯基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜16爲更佳,1〜12 爲最佳。磺醯基的例子係包含甲磺醯基、乙磺醯基。 亞磺醯基的碳原子數係以1〜2 0爲佳,1〜1 6爲更佳, 1〜12爲最佳。亞磺醯基的例子係包含甲烷亞磺醯、苯亞磺 醯。 脲基的碳原子數係以1〜20爲佳,1〜16爲更佳’ 1〜12 爲最佳。脲基的例子係包含脲、甲基脲、苯基脲。 磷酸醯胺基的碳原子數係以1〜2 0爲佳,1〜1 6爲更佳, 1〜1 2爲最佳。磷酸醯胺基的例子係包含二乙基磷酸醯胺、 苯基磷酸醯胺。 雜環基的碳原子數係以1〜3 0爲佳,1〜1 2爲更佳。雜 原子之例係包含氮原子、氧原子、硫原子。雜環基的例子 係包含咪唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、哌阱基、嗎福 啉基、苯并噚唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑基。 矽烷基的碳原子數係以碳原子數3〜40爲佳,3〜30爲 更佳,3〜24爲最佳。矽烷基的例子係包含三甲基矽烷基、 三苯基矽烷基。 一般式(I6)中,X係爲選自於B、C-R(R爲氫原子或取 代基)、N、P及P = 〇之三價基。X係以B、C-R、N爲佳, C-R、N爲更佳,C-R爲最佳。 -28- 200526730 R之取代基的例子係包含芳基、胺基、取代胺基、燒 氧基、芳氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、 醯基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、 經基、氫硫基、鹵原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、蛛 原子)、羧基。R之取代基係以芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥 基、鹵原子爲佳,烷氧基、羥基爲更佳,羥基爲最佳。 一般式(16)所表示之化合物係更爲下述一般式(17)所 表示之化合物爲佳。d I 3 Q1—X—Q3 In the general formula (16), Q1, Q2, and q3 are bases each independently containing a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The ring system includes a hydrocarbon ring and a heterocyclic ring. The ring may form a condensed ring with other rings. The hydrocarbon ring system is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexane ring, a substituted or unsubstituted ru cyclopentane ring or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., a 'benzene ring, a naphthalene ring). The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12. The benzene ring is the best. The heterocyclic system is preferably a hetero atom containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. The heterocyclic ring is preferably one containing aromaticity. Examples of heterocycles include furan, pyriole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyridine, datra, triazole, triple well, indole, indazole, purine, thiazole 0, thiazole, thiadiazole, Oxazole, sulfonazole, oxadiazole, quinone, isoquinol, quinone, naphthol, quinoxaline, quinazoline, oxazoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenone, tetrazole , Benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, and syringa. Pyridine, three-tillage and quintillage are preferred. Q1, Q2, and Q3 may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, amine, substituted amino, alkoxy, aryloxy, fluorenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxyfluorenyl, and fluorenyl Sulfonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamine-25- 200526730, sulfonylamino, sulfamoyl, substituted sulfamoyl, carbamoyl, substituted carbamoyl, Alkylthio, arylthio, sulfofluorenyl, sulfenamido, ureido, phosphonium amino, hydroxyl, hydrogenthio, halogen (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine), cyano, Sulfonyl, carboxyl, nitro, hydroxamic acid, phosphino, hydrazine, imino, heterocyclyl, silyl. These substituents may further contain a substituent. The plural substituents may be different from each other. Also, plural substitutions s may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 12, and I "is most preferred. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, thienyl, octyl, and decyl Group, hexadecyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group. The number of carbon atoms of an alkenyl group is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 12, and the most preferred. Examples of alkenyl groups include ethylene , Allyl, 2-butenyl, pentyl. The number of carbon atoms of an alkynyl group is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 12, and most preferably 2 \ 8. Examples of alkynyl groups include alkyne Propyl, 3-pentynyl. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and most preferably 6 to 12. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group and a p-methyl group. Phenyl and naphthyl. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted amine group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and most preferably 1 to 6. Examples of the substituted amine group include a methylamine group and a dimethyl group. Amine group, diethylamino group, dipentylamino group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 12, and the most preferred. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy Group, ethoxy group, butoxy group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryloxy group is preferably 6 to 20, 6 to 6 16 is more preferable, and 6 to 12 is most preferable. Examples of the aryloxy group include phenoxy and 2-naphthyloxy. The number of carbon atoms of the fluorenyl group is preferably 1 to 2 0, and 1 to 16 is more preferable. Preferably, i ~ i 2 -26- 200526730 is the best. Examples of fluorenyl groups include ethyl fluorenyl, benzyl fluorenyl, methyl fluorenyl, and trimethyl ethyl fluorenyl. The number of carbon atoms in alkoxycarbonyl groups is 2 to 20 is preferable, 2 to 16 is more preferable, and 2 to 12 is most preferable. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxy curtain group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryloxycarbonyl group is 7 -20 is preferred, 7-16 is more preferred, and 7-10 is most preferred. Examples of aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl. The number of carbon atoms of fluorenyloxy is preferably 2-20, 2-16 More preferably, 2 to 10 is most preferable. Examples of the fluorenyl group include ethenyloxy and benzophenoxy. The number of carbon atoms of the fluorenyl group is preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 16. 2 ~ 10 is the best. Examples of amido groups include acetamide and benzopyrene. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 16, and 2 ~ 12 is the best. Examples of alkoxycarbonylamino groups include methoxycarbonyl The number of carbon atoms of the aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 16 and most preferably 7 to 12. Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamine The number of carbon atoms of the sulfonamide group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16, and most preferably from 1 to 12. Examples of the sulfonamide group include methanesulfonamide and benzsulfonamide. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted sulfamoyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16, and most preferably from 1 to 12. Examples of substituted sulfamoyl groups include methylsulfamoyl, Methylaminesulfonyl and phenylaminesulfonyl. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted aminomethylsulfonyl is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-16, and most preferably 2-12. Examples of the substituted carbamoyl group include carbamoyl, -27-200526730 methylamine carbamoyl, diethylamine carbamoyl, and phenylcarbamoyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylthio group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16, and most preferably from 1 to 12. Examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group and an ethylthio group. The number of carbon atoms of the arylthio group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 16, and most preferably 6 to 12. Examples of arylthio include phenylthio. The number of carbon atoms of the sulfonyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16, and most preferably from 1 to 12. Examples of sulfonyl include methanesulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl. The number of carbon atoms of the sulfenyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16 and most preferably 1 to 12. Examples of sulfenyl groups include methanesulfinyl sulfonium and benzenesulfinyl sulfonium. The number of carbon atoms of the urea group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16 'and 1 to 12 is most preferred. Examples of ureido include urea, methylurea, and phenylurea. The number of carbon atoms of the ammonium phosphate group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16 and most preferably 1 to 12. Examples of the amidophosphate group include diethylamidophosphate and phenylammonium phosphate. The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 12. Examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. Examples of heterocyclic groups include imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, furanyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, and benzothiazolyl. The carbon number of the silane group is preferably 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and most preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms. Examples of the silyl group include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl. In the general formula (I6), X is a trivalent group selected from B, C-R (R is a hydrogen atom or a substituent), N, P, and P = 0. X is preferably B, C-R, N, C-R, N is more preferable, and C-R is most preferable. -28- 200526730 Examples of substituents include aryl, amine, substituted amine, alkoxy, aryloxy, fluorenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, fluorenyl, and fluorenylamine Group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfonamido group, warp group, hydrogenthio group, halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, spider atom), and carboxyl group. The substituents of R are preferably an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxy group, and a halogen atom, more preferably an alkoxy group and a hydroxy group, and most preferably a hydroxy group. The compound represented by the general formula (16) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (17).

一般式(17)中,X2係爲選自於b、C_R(R爲氫原子或 取代基)及N之三價基。 X 2的S羊細部分係與一般式(1 6 )的X相同。 一般式(17)中,R"、R12、R13、R】4、R15、r2】、r22、 R2 3、R2 4、R2 5、r31、r32、r33、r34 及 r35 係各別獨立地 爲氫原子或取代基。 取代基的S羊細部分係與一般式(1 6 )中的Q 1、Q 2及Q 3 之取代基相同。In the general formula (17), X2 is a trivalent group selected from b, C_R (R is a hydrogen atom or a substituent), and N. The S sheep detail of X 2 is the same as X of the general formula (16). In general formula (17), R ", R12, R13, R] 4, R15, r2], r22, R2 3, R2 4, R2 5, r31, r32, r33, r34 and r35 are each independently hydrogen Atom or substituent. The S-substances of the substituent are the same as the substituents of Q 1, Q 2 and Q 3 in the general formula (16).

Rn、R12、R13、R14、R15、R2 丨、R22、r23、r24、r25、 -29- 200526730 R 、汉32、1133、汉34及义35係以烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、 ^基、取代胺基 '烷氧基、芳氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、 基、醯氧基、醯胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基 ^ @ 醯胺基、胺磺醯基、取代胺磺醯基、胺甲醯 基 '取代胺甲醯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、磺醯基、亞磺醯基、 Μ ^ ^ ^ ^酶胺基、羥基、氫硫基、鹵原子(氟原子、氯原 ^ Y臭原子、碘原子)、氰基、磺醯基、羧基、硝基、氧肟 酸基、騰I Ώ4Χ _ ®、肼基、亞胺基、雜環基、矽烷基爲佳,烷基、 $ ^ '胺基、取代胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基爲更佳,烷基、 芳基、烷氧基爲最佳。 ^匕等取代基可更含有取代基。複數的取代基可互相不 prrj P °又’複數的取代基可互相鍵結以形成環。 [光學異方向性調整劑] 與遲滯降低劑不同地,具有改變乙酸纖維素薄膜的光 學異方向性(β卩Re或Rth)機能之化合物可添加至乙酸纖維 素薄膜內。 以下係就此等化合物(光學異方向性調整劑)加以説 明。 【化8】 一般式(1 ) OR11 0=P - OR12 OR13 式中,R 1 1 -13係各別獨立地表示碳數1至2 0的脂肪族 基。R 1 1 ·1 3可互相鍵結以形成環。 -30- 200526730 R 1 1 _1 3較佳爲碳數係爲1至2 0、更佳爲碳數1至1 6、 . 特佳爲碳數1至1 2之脂肪族基。此處,脂肪族基較佳爲脂 肪族烴基’更佳爲烷基(包含鎖狀、分支狀及環狀的烷基)、 烯基或炔基。例如,烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、 異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、 第三戊基、正己基、正辛基、癸基、十二烷基、二十烷基、 2 -乙基己基、ί哀戊基、環己基、ί哀庚基、2,6 -二甲基環己基、 4-第三丁基環己基、環戊基、1-金剛烷基、2-金剛烷基、二 環[2.2.2]辛烷-3-基等,烯基可舉例如乙烯、烯丙基、異戊 鲁 間二烯基、香葉草基、油烯基、2 -環戊烯-1-基、2 -環己烯 -1 -基等,炔基可舉例如乙炔基、炔丙基等。 R11 3所表示之脂肪族基係可取代,取代基的例子可 舉例如鹵原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、或碘原子)、烷 基(包含直鎖、分支、環狀的烷基、二環烷基、活性次甲基)、 烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基(不管取代的位置)、醯基、院 氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、正醯 基胺甲醯基、正磺醯胺甲醯基、正胺甲醯基胺甲醯基、正 胺磺醯基胺甲醯基、咔唑基、羧基或其鹽、乙二醯基、胺 ® 基乙二醯基、氰基、碳醯亞胺基(Carbonimidoyl基)、甲醯 基、羥基、烷氧基(包括重覆含有乙氧基或丙氧基單位之 基)、方氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、(院氧基或芳氧基)鑛氧 基、胺甲醯基氧基、磺醯氧基、胺基、(烷基、芳基或雜環) 胺基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、脲基、硫脲基、醯亞胺基、(院 氧基或芳氧基)羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、脲胺基、銨基、 胺基乙二醯胺基、正(烷基或芳基)磺醯脲基、正醯基脲基、 -3 1· 200526730 正醯 鐵基 基、 其鹽 鹽、 基的 乙氧 基, 酯基 子或 6員 20 & 相鍵 整數 -NR: 環可 基胺磺醯基胺基、含4級化氮原子之雜環基(例如吼喷 、咪唑鑰基、喹啉鍚基、異喹啉_基)、異氰基、亞胺 (烷基或芳基)磺醯基、(烷基或芳基)亞磺醯基、磺基或 、胺擴醯基、正醯基胺磺醯基、正磺醯胺磺醯基或其 鱗基、氧膦基、氧膦氧基、氧膦胺基、砂院基等。 此等之基可進一步組合以形成複合取代基,此等取代 例子可舉例如乙氧基乙氧基乙基、羥基乙氧基乙基、 基羰基乙基等。又,R11·13可含有作爲取代基之磷酸酯 一般式(1)之化合物亦可在同一分子中具有複數的磷酸 〇 【化9】Rn, R12, R13, R14, R15, R2 丨, R22, r23, r24, r25, -29- 200526730 R, Han 32, 1133, Han 34 and Yi 35 are alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl , ^ Yl, substituted amino 'alkoxy, aryloxy, fluorenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, radical, fluorenyloxy, fluorenylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxy ^ @ 醯 amino, Sulfamoyl, substituted sulfamoyl, carbamoyl 'substituted carbamoyl, alkylthio, arylthio, sulfofluorenyl, sulfinamidinyl, ^^^^^ enzyme amine, hydroxyl, Hydrogen-sulfur group, halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, Y odor atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfofluorenyl group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, Titanium I 4 × _ ®, hydrazine group, imine Heterocyclyl, silane, and alkyl are preferred. Alkyl, amino, substituted amino, alkoxy, and aryloxy are more preferred. Alkyl, aryl, and alkoxy are most preferred. ^ Substituents such as daggers may further contain substituents. A plurality of substituents may not be mutually bonded to each other, and a plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring. [Optical anisotropy adjusting agent] Unlike a retardation reducing agent, a compound having a function of changing the optical anisotropy (β 卩 Re or Rth) of a cellulose acetate film can be added to the cellulose acetate film. The following describes these compounds (optical anisotropy adjusters). [Chemical formula 8] General formula (1) OR11 0 = P-OR12 OR13 In the formula, R 1 1 -13 each independently represents an aliphatic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 1 1 · 1 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. -30- 200526730 R 1 1 _1 3 is preferably an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 16, and particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12. Here, the aliphatic group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group (including a locked, branched and cyclic alkyl group), an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, n-pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl , N-octyl, decyl, dodecyl, eicosyl, 2-ethylhexyl, pentyl, cyclohexyl, hexaheptyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 4-thyl Tributylcyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 1-adamantyl, 2-adamantyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octane-3-yl, etc. Alkenyl can be exemplified by ethylene, allyl, isopentyl Ludienyl, geranyl, oleyl, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexene-1-yl, and the like. Examples of the alkynyl group include ethynyl and propargyl. The aliphatic group represented by R11 3 is substitutable. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, or iodine atom), and an alkyl group (including straight-chain, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups). , Bicycloalkyl, reactive methine), alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heterocyclyl (regardless of the position of substitution), fluorenyl, oxocarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, heterocyclooxycarbonyl, Carbamoyl, n-fluorenylaminocarbamyl, n-sulfonamidinylmethane, n-sulfanylmethylcarbamyl, n-aminosulfonylaminocarbamyl, carbazolyl, carboxyl, or a salt thereof, Ethylenediamine, amine® ethylenedifluorenyl, cyano, carbonimidoyl (Carbonimidoyl), formamidine, hydroxyl, alkoxy (including repeating groups containing ethoxy or propoxy units ), Square oxo, heterocyclic oxy, fluorenyl oxy, (co-oxy or aryloxy) ore oxy, carbamoyloxy, sulfonyloxy, amine, (alkyl, aryl or Heterocyclic) Amine, fluorenylamino, sulfonamido, ureido, thioureido, fluorenimine, (co-oxy or aryloxy) carbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, ureaamine , Ammonium, amino ethylenediamine, n- (alkyl or aryl) sulfonylurea, n-fluorenyl urea, -3 1 · 200526730 n-fluorenyl iron, its salt, ethoxy Groups, ester groups or 6-membered 20 & phase-bonded integers -NR: cyclocolylaminesulfonamidoamine, heterocyclic groups containing a quaternized nitrogen atom (e.g., sulfonyl, imidazolyl, quinolinyl, Isoquinolinyl), isocyano, imine (alkyl or aryl) sulfonyl, (alkyl or aryl) sulfinyl, sulfo or, amine fluorenyl, n-fluorenyl amine Fluorenyl, n-sulfonylsulfenylsulfonyl or its scale, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamine, sulphonyl and the like. These groups may be further combined to form a composite substituent. Examples of such substitutions include ethoxyethoxyethyl, hydroxyethoxyethyl, carbonylcarbonylethyl and the like. In addition, R11 · 13 may contain a phosphoric acid ester as a substituent. The compound of general formula (1) may also have a plurality of phosphoric acids in the same molecule.

)m —般式⑵ 一般式⑶ 在一般式(2)及(3)中,Z係表示碳原子、氧原子、硫原 -NR25- ’ R25係表示氫原子或烷基。含z所構成之5或 ® 環可含有取代基。Y21·22係各別獨立地表示碳數丨至 ]酯基、烷氧基羰基、醯胺基或胺甲醯基,Y2i·22可互 結以形成環。m係表示1〜5之整數,η係表示1〜6之 〇 一般式(2)及(3)中,Ζ係表示碳原子、氧原子、硫原子、 5- ’ R25係表示氫原子或烷基。含Ζ所構成之5或6員 t有取代基’複數的取代基可互相鍵結以形成環。含 -32- 200526730 z所構成之5或6員環的例子可舉例如四氫呋喃、四氫吡 喃、四氫噻吩、噻、吡咯啶、哌哄、吲哚滿、異吲哚滿、 色滿、異色滿、四氫-2 -呋喃酮、四氫-2-吡喃酮、4 -丁內醯 胺、6-己內醯胺等。 又,含Z所構成之5或6員環係爲內酯構造或內醯胺 構造,即在Z的隣接碳上包括含氧基之環狀酯或環狀醯胺 構造。此等環狀酯或環狀醯胺構造之例可舉例如2-吡咯啶 酮、2 -哌啶酮、5 -戊內酯、6 -己內酯。 R25係表示氫原子、或較佳爲碳數1至20、更佳爲碳 數1至1 6、特佳爲碳數1至1 2之烷基(包含鎖狀、分支狀 及環狀的烷基)。R2 5所表示之烷基可舉例如甲基、乙基、 正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、 正戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正辛基、癸基、十二烷基、 二十烷基、2 -乙基己基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、2,6-二甲基環己基、4_第三丁基環己基、環戊基、1-金剛烷基、 ^金剛烷基、二環[2.2.2]辛烷-3-基等。R25所表示之烷基可 進一步含有取代基,取代基的例子可舉例如作爲上述R n ·1 3 取代之基。 Y21〃2係各別獨立地表示酯基、烷氧基羰基、醯胺基 或胺甲醯基。酯基較佳爲碳數1至20、更佳爲碳數1至16、 特佳爲碳數1至12,可例示如乙醯氧基、乙基羰氧基、丙 基羰氧基、正丁基羰氧基、異丁基羰氧基、第三丁基羰氧 基、第二丁基羰氧基、正戊基羰氧基、第三戊基羰氧基、 正己基羰氧基、環己基羰氧基、1-乙基戊基羰氧基、正庚 基羰氧基、正壬基羰氧基、正十一烷基羰氧基、十五烷基 -33 - 200526730 羰氧基、1-萘羰氧基、2-萘羰氧基、1-金剛烷羰氧基等。烷 氧基羰基係較佳爲碳數1至20、更佳爲碳數1至1 6、特佳 爲碳數1至12,可例示如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、正丙 氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、正丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰 基、異丁氧基羰基、第二丁氧基羰基、正戊氧基羰基、第 三戊氧基羰基、正己氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、2-乙基己 氧基羰基、1-乙基丙氧基羰基、正辛氧基羰基、3,7-二甲基 -3-辛氧基羰基、3,5,5-三甲基己氧基羰基、4-第三丁基環 己氧基羰基、2,4-二甲基戊基-3-羥基羰基、1-金剛烷氧基 羰基、2-金剛烷氧基羰基、二環戊二烯氧基羰基、正癸氧 基羰基、正十二烷氧基羰基、正十四烷氧基羰基、正十六 烷氧基羰基等。醯胺基係較佳爲碳數1至20、更佳爲碳數 1至16、特佳爲碳數1至12,可例示如乙醯胺、乙基羧醯 胺、正丙基羧醯胺、異丙基羧醯胺、正丁基羧醯胺、第三 丁基羧醯胺、異丁基羧醯胺、第二丁基羧醯胺、正戊基羧 醯胺、第三戊基羧醯胺、正己基羧醯胺、環己基羧醯胺、 1-乙基戊基羧醯胺、1-乙基丙基羧醯胺、正庚基羧醯胺、 正辛基羧醯胺、1·金剛烷羧醯胺、2-金剛烷羧醯胺、正壬 基羧醯胺、正十二烷基羧醯胺、正十五烷基羧醯胺、正十 六烷基羧醯胺等。胺甲醯基較佳爲碳數1至20、更佳爲碳 數1至16、特佳爲碳數1至12,可例示如甲基胺甲醯基、 二甲基胺甲醯基、乙基胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、正丙 基胺甲醯基、異丙基胺甲醯基、正丁基胺甲醯基、第三丁 基胺甲醯基、異丁基胺甲醯基、第二丁基胺甲醯基、正戊 基胺甲醯基、第三戊基胺甲醯基、正己基胺甲醯基、環己 -34 - 200526730 基胺甲醯基、2 -乙基己基胺甲醯基、2 —乙基丁基胺甲醯基、 第三辛基胺甲醯基、正庚基胺甲醯基、正辛基胺甲醯基、 1-金剛烷胺甲醯基、2-金剛烷胺甲醯基、正癸基胺甲醯基、 正十二烷基胺甲醯基、正十四烷基胺甲醯基、正十六烷基 胺甲醯基等。Y21-22可互相鍵結以形成環。Y2!·22可進一步 含有取代基,可舉例如上述R11·13取代之基。 【化1 〇】 一般式(1 4)) m-General formula ⑵ General formula (3) In the general formulae (2) and (3), Z represents a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. -NR25- 'R25 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The 5 or ® ring containing z may contain a substituent. The Y21 · 22 series each independently represent a carbon number, to an ester group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a fluorenylamino group, or a carbamoyl group, and Y2i · 22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. m represents an integer of 1 to 5; η represents 1 to 6; in the general formulae (2) and (3), Z represents a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and 5- 'R25 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkane base. 5 or 6-membered t-containing substituents consisting of Z may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the 5- or 6-membered ring containing -32- 200526730 z include tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, tetrahydrothiophene, thiazole, pyrrolidine, piperazine, indoman, isoindolin, chroman, Dichroman, tetrahydro-2-furanone, tetrahydro-2-pyrone, 4-butyrolactam, 6-caprolactam and the like. In addition, the 5- or 6-membered ring system composed of Z is a lactone structure or a lactam structure, that is, an adjacent cyclic ester structure or a cyclic amidine structure containing an oxygen group is included on the adjacent carbon of Z. Examples of such a cyclic ester or cyclic amidine structure include 2-pyrrolidone, 2-piperidone, 5-valerolactone, and 6-caprolactone. R25 represents a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms (including locked, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups) base). Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 5 include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, n-pentyl, and third pentyl. , N-hexyl, n-octyl, decyl, dodecyl, eicosyl, 2-ethylhexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl, 4_ Third butyl cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 1-adamantyl, adamantyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octane-3-yl, and the like. The alkyl group represented by R25 may further contain a substituent, and examples of the substituent include, for example, the aforementioned R n · 1 3 substituent. The Y21〃2 system independently represents an ester group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a fluorenylamino group, or a carbamoyl group. The ester group is preferably from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include ethoxyl, ethylcarbonyloxy, propylcarbonyloxy, n- Butylcarbonyloxy, isobutylcarbonyloxy, third butylcarbonyloxy, second butylcarbonyloxy, n-pentylcarbonyloxy, third pentylcarbonyloxy, n-hexylcarbonyloxy, Cyclohexylcarbonyloxy, 1-ethylpentylcarbonyloxy, n-heptylcarbonyloxy, n-nonylcarbonyloxy, n-undecylcarbonyloxy, pentadecyl-33-200526730 carbonyloxy , 1-naphthylcarbonyloxy, 2-naphthylcarbonyloxy, 1-adamantylcarbonyloxy and the like. The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and n-propoxy groups. Carbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, third butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, second butoxycarbonyl, n-pentoxycarbonyl, third pentoxycarbonyl, n-hexyloxy Carbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, 1-ethylpropoxycarbonyl, n-octyloxycarbonyl, 3,7-dimethyl-3-octyloxycarbonyl, 3,5 , 5-trimethylhexyloxycarbonyl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl-3-hydroxycarbonyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyl, 2-adamantane Oxycarbonyl, dicyclopentadienyloxycarbonyl, n-decyloxycarbonyl, n-dodecyloxycarbonyl, n-tetradecyloxycarbonyl, n-hexadecyloxycarbonyl and the like. The amido group is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 16, and particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and examples thereof include ethylamine, ethylcarboxamide, and n-propylcarboxamide. , Isopropylcarboxamide, n-butylcarboxamide, third butylcarboxamide, isobutylcarboxamide, second butylcarboxamide, n-pentylcarboxamide, third pentylcarboxamide Pyridamine, n-hexylcarboxamide, cyclohexylcarboxamide, 1-ethylpentylcarboxamide, 1-ethylpropylcarboxamide, n-heptylcarboxamide, n-octylcarboxamide, 1 -Adamantanecarboxamide, 2-adamantylcarboxamide, n-nonylcarboxamide, n-dodecylcarboxamide, n-pentadecylcarboxamide, n-hexadecylcarboxamide, and the like. The carbamoyl group is preferably from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably from 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methylaminomethylamino, dimethylaminomethylamino, ethyl Methylamine formamyl, diethylamine formamyl, n-propylamine formamyl, isopropylamine formamyl, n-butylaminoformamyl, third butylaminoformamyl, isobutyl Aminomethylamidino, second butylaminomethylamidino, n-pentylaminomethylamidino, thirdpentylaminomethylamidino, n-hexylaminomethylamidino, cyclohexyl-34-200526730 methylaminomethyl, 2-ethylhexylamine formamyl, 2-ethylbutylamine formamyl, third octylamine formamyl, n-heptylamine formamyl, n-octylamine formamyl, 1-adamantane Carbamate, 2-adamantylamine carbamate, n-decylamine carbamate, n-dodecylamine carbamate, n-tetradecylamine carbamate, n-hexadecylamino carba Base etc. Y21-22 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. Y2! · 22 may further contain a substituent, and examples thereof include the aforementioned R11 · 13 substituent. 【化 1 〇】 General formula (1 4)

R4—1—R5 II 0 [式中,R4及R5係各別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。R4及 R5之碳原子數的總和爲1 0以上,各烷基及芳基可具有取 代基] 一般式(14)中、R4及R5係各別獨立地表示烷基或芳 基。又,R4及R5之碳原子數的總和爲1 0以上,各烷基及 芳基可具有取代基。取代基係以氟原子、烷基、芳基、烷 氧基、磺基及磺醯胺基爲佳,烷基、芳基、烷氧基、磺基 及磺醯胺基爲特佳。又,烷基可爲直鎖、分支或環狀,以 碳原子數1至25者爲佳,6至25者爲較佳,6至20者(例 如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、 戊基、異戊基、第三戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、 二環辛基、壬基、金剛烷基、癸基、第三辛基、十一烷基、 十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、 十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基)爲特佳。芳基 係以碳原子數爲6至30者爲佳,6至24者(例如苯基、聯 -35 - 200526730 苯、三聯苯、萘基、聯二萘基、三苯基苯基)爲特佳。 一般式(14)所表示之化合物之較佳例係如下述所示, 惟本發明係不受此等具體例所限制。R4-1—R5 II 0 [wherein R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The total number of carbon atoms of R4 and R5 is 10 or more, and each alkyl group and aryl group may have a substituent.] In the general formula (14), R4 and R5 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The total number of carbon atoms in R4 and R5 is 10 or more, and each alkyl group and aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfo group, and a sulfonamido group, and an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfo group, and a sulfonamido group are particularly preferable. In addition, the alkyl group may be straight-locked, branched or cyclic, preferably having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 25, and 6 to 20 (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl Base, butyl, isobutyl, third butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, third pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, bicyclooctyl, nonyl, adamantyl, decyl Base, third octyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, cetyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecane And eicosyl) are particularly preferred. The aryl group is preferably one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and 6 to 24 (eg, phenyl, bi-35-200526730 benzene, terphenyl, naphthyl, bipernaphthyl, triphenylphenyl) good. Preferred examples of the compound represented by the general formula (14) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited by these specific examples.

-36 - 200526730-36-200526730

-37 - 200526730-37-200526730

-38- 200526730 【化1 3】 一般式(1 5〉 Ο-38- 200526730 [Chem. 1 3] General formula (1 5> Ο

上述一般式(15)中,R1、R2及R3係各別獨立地氫原子 或碳原子數爲1至5的烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙 鲁 基、丁基、戊基、異戊基)爲佳,R1、R2及R3之至少i個 以上爲碳原子數1至3的烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異 丙基)者爲特佳。X係爲單鍵、-0-、-CO-、伸烷基(較佳爲 碳原子數1〜6、更佳爲1〜3者,例如選自於亞甲基、伸乙 基、伸丙基)或伸芳基(較佳爲碳原子數6〜24、更佳爲6〜12 者。例如伸苯基、聯伸苯基、亞萘基)1種以上之基所形成 的2價連結基爲佳,選自於-0-、伸烷基或伸芳基1種以上 之基所形成的2價連結基爲特佳。Y係爲氫原子、烷基(較 β 佳爲碳原子數2〜25、更佳爲2〜20者。例如乙基、異丙基、 第三丁基、己基、2 -乙基己基、第三辛基、十二院基、環 己基、二環己基、金剛烷基)、芳基(較佳爲碳原子數6〜24、 更佳爲6〜1 8者。例如苯基、聯苯、三聯苯、萘基)或芳院 基(較佳爲碳原子數7〜30、更佳爲7〜20者。例如苯甲基、 甲苯基、第三丁基苯基、二苯基甲基、三苯基甲基)爲佳’ 烷基、芳基或芳烷基爲特佳。-χ-γ之組合係以-Χ_Υ之總碳 數〇至40爲佳,1至30爲更佳,1至25爲最佳。 -39- 200526730 【化1 4 ] 一般式(1 8) OR3 R1—C-N - R2 [式中’ R1係表示烷基或芳基,R2及R3係各別獨立地 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。又,烷基及芳基可具有取代基] 一般式(18)較佳爲下述一般式(1 9)所表示之化合物。 【化1 5】 一般式(1 9 > O R6 r4-c-n-r5 上述一般式(19)中,R4、R5及R6係各別獨立地表示烷 基或芳基。此處,烷基可爲直鎖、分支或環狀,以碳原子 數爲1至20者爲佳,1至15者爲更佳,1至12者爲最佳。 環狀的烷基係以環己基爲特佳。芳基係以碳原子數爲6至 36者爲佳,6至24者爲更佳。 上述的烷基及芳基可具有取代基,取代基係以鹵原子 (例如氯、溴、氟及碘)、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、 醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、磺醯胺基、羥 基、氰基、胺基及醯基胺基爲佳,更佳爲鹵原子、烷基、 芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、磺醯胺基及醯基胺基,特佳爲烷 基、芳基、磺醯胺基及醯基胺基。 以下係例示一般式(1 8)或一般式(1 9)所表示之化合物 的較佳例,惟本發明係不受此等之具體例所限制。 -40- 200526730 【化16 FA-In the above general formula (15), R1, R2 and R3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isopropyl, butyl, Pentyl, isopentyl) is preferred, and at least i or more of R1, R2, and R3 are alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, and isopropyl) are particularly preferred. X is a single bond, -0, -CO-, or alkylene (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3, for example, selected from methylene, ethylene, and propylene) Diphenyl group) or arylene group (preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 groups, such as phenylene, biphenylene, and naphthylene). A divalent linking group formed by one or more types selected from -0, alkylene, or arylene is particularly preferred. Y is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably 2 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, ethyl, isopropyl, third butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, and Trioctyl, dodecyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclohexyl, adamantyl), aryl (preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18). For example, phenyl, biphenyl, Terphenyl, naphthyl) or aromatic radical (preferably 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20. For example, benzyl, tolyl, third butylphenyl, diphenylmethyl, Triphenylmethyl) is particularly preferred. Alkyl, aryl or aralkyl is particularly preferred. The combination of -χ-γ is preferably a total carbon number of -X_Υ of 0 to 40, more preferably 1 to 30, and most preferably 1 to 25. -39- 200526730 [Chem. 1 4] General formula (1 8) OR3 R1—CN-R2 [wherein R1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R2 and R3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aromatic group. base. The alkyl group and the aryl group may have a substituent] The general formula (18) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (19). General formula (1 9 > O R6 r4-cn-r5 In the general formula (19), R4, R5 and R6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. Here, the alkyl group may be It is straight-locked, branched or cyclic, with 1 to 20 carbon atoms being preferred, 1 to 15 being more preferred, and 1 to 12 being most preferred. Cycloalkyl is particularly preferably cyclohexyl. The aryl group is preferably 6 to 36 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 24. The above-mentioned alkyl group and aryl group may have a substituent, and the substituent group is a halogen atom (such as chlorine, bromine, fluorine, and iodine). ), Alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, fluorenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, fluorenyl, sulfonamido, hydroxy, cyano, amine, and fluorenylamino More preferred, more preferably halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, sulfonylamino and fluorenylamino, particularly preferred are alkyl, aryl, sulfonylamino and fluorenylamine. The following are examples of preferred examples of the compound represented by general formula (18) or general formula (19), but the present invention is not limited by these specific examples. -40- 200526730 [Chem. 16 FA-

O ch3O ch3

FA-2 FA,3O^rO O^-i1 C2H5 C3H7FA-2 FA, 3O ^ rO O ^ -i1 C2H5 C3H7

FA-4 FA-5 FA-6 FA-7 FA-8 〇τ<^ήFA-4 FA-5 FA-6 FA-7 FA-8 〇τ < ^ ή

o-h<y^o CHy ch3 FA-9o-h < y ^ o CHy ch3 FA-9

FA-JO ?./=\ h3c o FAll FA-12 〇-τέ,-FA-JO? ./= \ h3c o FAll FA-12 〇-τέ,-

O C-NO C-N

CHCH

°~ύ° ~ ύ

Or O ί-ν ch3Or O ί-ν ch3

ch3 -41 200526730 FA-18 FA-19 FA-20ch3 -41 200526730 FA-18 FA-19 FA-20

FA-23FA-23

分;5〇Minutes; 5〇

FA-28FA-28

-42- 200526730 FB-2 FB-3-42- 200526730 FB-2 FB-3

-43 - 200526730 【化1 9】-43-200526730 [Chem. 1 9]

FB-I9 FB-18FB-I9 FB-18

FB-20FB-20

ClCl

ClCl

FB-21 FB-22FB-21 FB-22

-44- 200526730 .9* p o NIC NIC 2 o=c-os- 广6 46 FC-Fc-44- 200526730 .9 * p o NIC NIC 2 o = c-os- 广 6 46 FC-Fc

-2 C- F-2 C- F

p T one 3 FC-Bu1 one 0p T one 3 FC-Bu1 one 0

FC-7 FC-8 CHaFC-7 FC-8 CHa

o Γ\-ϊo Γ \ -ϊ

C-N CH5 FC-9 FC-10 ^ {?a:; h3c o FC-11 FC-12 、丨 LCH3 6C-N CH5 FC-9 FC-10 ^ {? A :; h3c o FC-11 FC-12, 丨 LCH3 6

oneone

H3 N 丨ch sv 0 FC-13 FC-14 〜 FC-15H3 N 丨 ch sv 0 FC-13 FC-14 ~ FC-15

200526730 【化2 1】 FC-18 FC-19 h3c〇—各一 ί4 一^〕 CH,200526730 [Chemical 2 1] FC-18 FC-19 h3c〇—each one ί4 one ^] CH,

C—N I CHC—N I CH

FC-20FC-20

OO

fVSfVS

C一 MC-M

FC-22 ό FC-21FC-22 ό FC-21

ClCl

FC-24 FC-25FC-24 FC-25

-46- 200526730 【化22 FD-1 FD-2 FD-3 0^-0 ch3 ch:-46- 200526730 [Chemical 22 FD-1 FD-2 FD-3 0 ^ -0 ch3 ch:

C~N CHC ~ N CH

FD-4 FD-5FD-4 FD-5

oo

o M C 一No M C-N

FD-7 FD-6FD-7 FD-6

OO

HsCHiCHjCHzCHC-C-N H3CH2C CH CH -HsCHiCHjCHzCHC-C-N H3CH2C CH CH-

-47 - 200526730-47-200526730

[波長分散調整劑] 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜其特徵係Rth(亦包含任意的 Re)小。根據Re及Rth的波長,依存性即波長分散小亦爲 所期望的。此處,降低波長分散的手段,對乙酸纖維素薄 膜添加調整波長分散之化合物(以下稱爲波長分散調整劑) -48- 200526730 係爲有效。 乙酸纖維素薄膜的Re、Rth之値係有一般長波長側比 短波長側大的波長分散特性。因而要求藉由增大相對小的 短波長側之R e、R t h使得波長分散平滑。另一方面含有於 2 0 0〜4 0 Onm的紫外領域吸收之化合物,係具有長波長側的 吸光度比短波長側大之波長分散特性。 因而如上所述,藉由利用預料具有於200〜4 OOnm紫外 領域吸收、化合物本身的Re、Rth之波長分散係短波長側 大者,可調製乙酸纖維素薄膜之Re、Rth的波長分散。爲 此係要求調整波長分散之化合物爲聚合物固形分充分均勻 地相溶。此等化合物的紫外領域之吸收帶範圍係以 200〜4OOnm爲佳、220〜395nm爲較佳,240〜390nm爲更佳。 又,近年電視或個人電腦、可移動型攜帶端末裝置等 的液晶顯示裝置爲了以比較少的電力提高輝度,液晶顯示 裝置所使用的光學構件透過率係要求爲優異的。在該點 中,具有 200〜400nm的紫外領域吸收、降低薄膜的 |Re(400) —Re(700)| 及 |Rth(400)-Rth(700)| 之化合物添加至 乙酸纖維素薄膜時,係要求優異的分光透過率。本發明的 乙酸纖維素薄膜,在波長3 8 0nm中的分光透過率爲45%以 上95%以下’且波長3 5 0nm中的分光透過率爲1〇%以下係 爲所期望的。 如上述’本發明中較佳使用的波長分散調整劑,從揮 B夂性的觀點而g係以分子量爲2 5 0〜1 0 0 0爲佳。更佳爲 260〜800,更佳爲270〜800,特佳爲3〇〇〜8〇〇。若根據此等 之分子量的範圍亦可爲特定的單體構造,該單體單位可爲 200526730 複數結合的寡聚物構造、聚合物構造。 波長分散調整劑係在乙酸纖維素薄膜製作的膠漿流 延、乾燥的過程不會揮散爲佳。 (波長分散調整劑的添加量) 上述本發明較佳所使用波長分散調整劑之添加量’係 以乙酸纖維素的0.0 1至3 0重量%爲佳’ 〇 · 1至2 0重量%爲 較佳,0.2至10重量%爲特佳。 (化合物添加的方法) 又此等波長分散調整劑可單獨使用、亦可2種以上化 鲁 合物以任意的比混合使用。 又添加此等波長分散調整劑的時期可爲膠漿製作步驟 中的任何時期、也可在膠漿調製步驟的最後進行。 本發明較佳所使用的波長分散調整劑之具體例’可舉 例如苯并三唑系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、含氰基之化 合物、氧基二苯甲酮系化合物、水楊酸酯系化合物、鎳錯 鹽系化合物等,惟本發明係不受此等化合物所限制。 苯并三唑系化合物,較佳係一般式(1 0 1 )所示者作爲本 φ 發明的波長分散調整劑使用。[Wavelength Dispersion Adjusting Agent] The cellulose acetate film of the present invention is characterized in that Rth (including any Re) is small. Depending on the wavelengths of Re and Rth, a small wavelength dependency is also desirable. Here, the means for reducing the wavelength dispersion is effective in adding a compound (hereinafter referred to as a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent) -48- 200526730 to the cellulose acetate film to adjust the wavelength dispersion. The relationship between Re and Rth of cellulose acetate film has a wavelength dispersion characteristic that is generally larger on the long wavelength side than on the short wavelength side. Therefore, it is required to make the wavelength dispersion smooth by increasing the relatively small short-wavelength Re and Rth. On the other hand, compounds containing absorption in the ultraviolet range of 200 to 40 Onm have a wavelength dispersion characteristic in which the absorbance at the long wavelength side is larger than that at the short wavelength side. Therefore, as described above, the wavelength dispersion of Re and Rth of the cellulose acetate film can be adjusted by using the shorter wavelength side of the wavelength dispersion of Re and Rth of the compound itself which is expected to have an absorption in the ultraviolet region of 200 to 400 nm. For this reason, it is required to adjust the wavelength dispersion of the compound so that the polymer solid content is sufficiently uniformly compatible. The absorption band range of these compounds in the ultraviolet region is preferably 200 to 400 nm, more preferably 220 to 395 nm, and even more preferably 240 to 390 nm. In addition, in recent years, liquid crystal display devices such as televisions, personal computers, and portable portable terminal devices have been required to have excellent transmittance of optical members used for the liquid crystal display devices in order to increase the brightness with relatively low power. At this point, when a compound having | Re (400) —Re (700) | and | Rth (400) -Rth (700) | having absorption in the ultraviolet region of 200 to 400 nm and reducing the film is added to the cellulose acetate film, The system requires excellent spectral transmittance. It is desirable that the cellulose acetate film of the present invention has a spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 380 nm of 45% or more and 95% or less' and a spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm of 10% or less. As described above, the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent which is preferably used in the present invention is preferably g in terms of molecular weight from 250 to 10,000. It is more preferably 260 to 800, more preferably 270 to 800, and particularly preferably 300 to 800. According to these molecular weight ranges, a specific monomer structure may be used, and the monomer unit may be a oligomer structure or a polymer structure in which plural types are combined in 200526730. It is preferable that the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent is not dispersed during the process of casting and drying the dope made of cellulose acetate film. (Addition amount of wavelength dispersion adjusting agent) The above-mentioned addition amount of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent used in the present invention is more preferably from 0.0 1 to 30% by weight of cellulose acetate. 〇 · 1 to 20% by weight is preferred. Preferably, 0.2 to 10% by weight is particularly preferred. (Method of Adding Compounds) These wavelength dispersion adjusting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more chemical compounds at an arbitrary ratio. The timing for adding these wavelength dispersion adjusting agents may be any period in the dope preparation step, or may be performed at the end of the dope preparation step. Specific examples of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent preferably used in the present invention include benzotriazole-based compounds, benzophenone-based compounds, cyano-containing compounds, oxybenzophenone-based compounds, and salicylic acid. Ester compounds, nickel salt compounds, etc., but the present invention is not limited by these compounds. A benzotriazole-based compound, preferably one represented by the general formula (1 0 1), is used as the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent of the φ invention.

一般式(101) Q1—Q2-〇H (式中,Q1係表示含氮芳香族雜環,Q2係表示芳香族 環) Q1係表示含氮方向芳香族雜環,較佳爲5至7員的含 氮芳香族雜環,更佳爲5至6員的含氮芳香族雜環,可舉 例如咪唑、吡唑、三唑、四唑、噻唑、噚唑、硒唑、苯幷 三唑、苯并噻唑、苯并噚唑、苯并硒唑、噻二吨、噚二唑、 -50- 200526730 萘噻唑、萘曙唑、吖苯并咪唑、嘌呤、吡啶、吡畊、嘧啶、 嗒畊、三哄、三吖茚、四亞柳等,更佳爲5員的含氮芳香 族雜環,具體而言係以咪唑、吡唑、三唑、四唑、噻唑、 噚唑、苯并三唑、苯并噻唑、苯并噚唑、噻二唑、曙二唑 爲佳,特佳爲苯并三唑。 Q 1所表示之含氮芳香族雜環可進一步含有取代基,作 爲取代基係適用後述之取代基T。又,取代基爲複數時’ 其各別可縮環以進一步形成環。 Q2所表示之芳香族環可爲芳香族烴環亦或芳香族雜 環。又,其可爲單環,可進一步與其他環形成縮合環。 芳香族烴環較佳爲(較佳爲碳數6〜30的單環或二環的 芳香族烴環(可舉例如苯環、萘環等),更佳爲碳數6〜20的 芳香族烴環、更佳爲碳數6〜12的芳香族烴環)更佳爲苯環。 芳香族雜環較佳爲含氮原子或者硫原子之芳香族雜 環。雜環的具體例可舉例如噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡啶、吡 阱、嗒阱、三唑、三阱、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑阱、噻 唑、噻二唑、卩号唑阱、噚唑、噚二唑、喹阱、異喹阱、呔 阱、萘錠、喹喔啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、蝶啶、吖啶、菲繞啉、 吩阱、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噚唑、苯并噻唑、苯并三唑、 四亞柳等。芳香族雜環較佳爲吡啶、三阱、喹阱。 Q2所表示之芳香族環較佳爲芳香族烴環,更佳爲萘 壤、苯環,特佳爲苯環。Q2可進一步含有取代基,其中係 以後述之取代基T爲佳。 取代基T係可舉例如烷基(較佳爲碳數1〜2 〇、更佳爲 娘數1〜12、特佳爲碳數1〜8,可舉例如甲基、乙基、異丙 200526730 基、第三丁基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六烷基、環丙基、 環戊基、環己基等)、烯基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數 2〜12、特佳爲碳數2〜8,可舉例如乙烯、烯丙基、2_丁烯 基、3-戊烯基等)、炔基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數 2〜12、特佳爲碳數2〜8,可舉例如炔丙基、3-戊炔基等)、 芳基(較佳爲碳數6〜30、更佳爲碳數6〜20、特佳爲碳數 6〜1 2,可舉例如苯基、對甲基苯基、萘基等)、取代或未取 代的胺基(較佳爲碳數〇〜20、更佳爲碳數〇〜1〇、特佳爲碳 數〇〜6,可舉例如胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基 胺基、二戊基胺基等)、烷氧基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲 碳數1〜12、特佳爲碳數1〜8,可舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、 丁氧基等)、芳氧基(較佳爲碳數6〜20、更佳爲碳數6〜16、 特佳爲碳數6〜12,可舉例如苯氧基、2-萘氧基等)、醯基(較 佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可 舉例如乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基等)、烷 氧基親基($父佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、特佳爲碳 數2〜12’可舉例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等)、芳氧基羰 基(較佳爲碳數7〜20、更佳爲碳數7〜16、特佳爲碳數7〜10, 可舉例如苯氧基羰基等)、醯氧基(較佳爲碳數2〜2〇、更佳 爲碳數2〜16、特佳爲碳數2〜10,可舉例如乙醯氧基、苯甲 醯氧基等)、醯基胺基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、 特佳爲碳數2〜10,可舉例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基 等)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、 特佳爲碳數2〜12,可舉例如甲氧基羰基胺基等)、芳氧基羰 基胺基(較佳爲碳數7〜20、更佳爲碳數7〜16、特佳爲碳數 -52- 200526730 7〜12,可舉例如苯氧基羰基胺基等)、磺醯胺基(較佳爲碳 數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如 甲烷磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基等)、胺磺醯基(較佳爲碳數 〇〜20、更佳爲碳數0〜16、特佳爲碳數〇〜12,可舉例如胺磺 醯基、甲基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基等)、 胺甲醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳 數1〜12,可舉例如胺甲醯基、甲基胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲 醯基、苯基胺甲醯基等)、院硫基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳 爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如甲硫基、乙硫基 等)、方硫基(較佳爲碳數6〜20、更佳爲碳數6〜16、特佳爲 碳數6〜12,可舉例如苯硫基等)、磺醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜2〇、 更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如甲磺醯基、 乙磺醯基等)、亞磺醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數 1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如甲烷亞磺醯、苯亞磺醯 等)、脲基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳 數1〜12,可舉例如脲、甲基脲、苯基脲等)、磷酸醯胺基(較 佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可 舉例如二乙基磷酸醯胺、苯基磷酸醯胺等)、羥基、氫硫基、 鹵原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氰基、 磺基、羧基、硝基、氧肟酸基、膦基、肼基、亞胺基、雜 環基(較佳爲碳數1〜30、更佳爲1〜12,雜原子係例如氮原 子、氧原子、硫原子、具體而言係例如咪唑基、吡啶基、 喹啉基、呋喃基、哌阱基、嗎福啉基、苯并噚唑基、苯并 咪唑基、苯并噻唑基等)、矽烷基(較佳爲碳數3〜4〇、更佳 爲碳數3〜30、特佳爲碳數3〜24,可舉例如三甲基矽烷基、 200526730 三苯基砂院基等)等。此等取代基可進〜步被取代。又,取 代基爲二個以上的其行’其可相同或不同。又,在可能的 〃 情形下可互相鍵結以形成環。 一般式(ι〇υ較佳爲下述一般式(101—A)所表示之化合 物。 一般式(101—A) 【化24】General formula (101) Q1—Q2-〇H (where Q1 represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, Q2 represents an aromatic ring) Q1 represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, preferably 5 to 7 members Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles, more preferably 5- to 6-membered nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles, such as imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, tetrazole, thiazole, oxazole, selenazole, benzotriazole, Benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzoselazole, thiaditon, oxadiazole, -50- 200526730 naphthalothiazole, naphthozole, acryl benzimidazole, purine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrimidine, dagen, Triadine, triazindene, syringa, etc., more preferably 5-membered nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic rings, specifically, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, tetrazole, thiazole, oxazole, benzotriazole , Benzothiazole, benzoxazole, thiadiazole, and epidiazole are preferred, and benzotriazole is particularly preferred. The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Q 1 may further contain a substituent, and a substituent T described later is used as the substituent. When a substituent is plural, it may be condensed to form a ring. The aromatic ring represented by Q2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring. In addition, it may be a single ring, and may further form a condensed ring with other rings. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring), and more preferably an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon ring, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, is more preferably a benzene ring. The aromatic hetero ring is preferably an aromatic hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include, for example, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyridine, datra, triazole, triple well, indole, indazole, purine, thiazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole. , Oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, fluorene, naphthalene, quinoxaline, quinazoline, oxoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenone, tetrazole, benzo Imidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, tetrasalix, etc. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably pyridine, triple well, or quinone. The aromatic ring represented by Q2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a naphthalene or benzene ring, and particularly preferably a benzene ring. Q2 may further contain a substituent, of which the substituent T described later is preferred. The substituent T is, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms), and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, and isopropyl 200526730. Base, third butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), alkenyl (preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably carbon Number 2 to 12, particularly preferably 2 to 8, carbon number, for example, ethylene, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc., alkynyl (preferably carbon number 2 to 20, more The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 to 12, and the number of carbon atoms is particularly preferably 2 to 8. Examples include propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc., aryl (preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms). ~ 20. Particularly preferred is carbon number 6 ~ 12. Examples include phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, etc., substituted or unsubstituted amine group (preferably carbon number 0 to 20, more preferably Carbon number 0 to 10, particularly preferably carbon number 0 to 6, including, for example, amine, methylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipentylamino, etc.), alkoxy (It is preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 12 carbons, and particularly preferably 1 to 8 carbons. Examples include methoxy and ethoxy. Butoxy, etc.), aryloxy (preferably 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably 6 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbons, for example, phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc. ), Fluorenyl (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons, for example, ethenyl, benzamyl, formamyl, trimethyl Ethoxyl groups, etc.), alkoxy groups ($ parent is 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 2 to 12 'carbons, for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethyl Oxycarbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl (preferably 7 to 20 carbons, more preferably 7 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbons, for example, phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), fluorene Group (preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbons, for example, ethoxyl, benzyloxy, etc.), fluorenylamino (Preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbons, for example, ethylamidoamino, benzamidoamino, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl Amine group (preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbons, for example, methoxycarbonylamino groups, etc. ), Aryloxycarbonylamino (preferably 7-20 carbons, more preferably 7-16 carbons, particularly preferably -52- 200526730 7-12, for example, phenoxycarbonylamino groups, etc. ), Sulfonamide (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons, for example, methanesulfonamido, benzenesulfonamido, etc.) Sulfamoyl (preferably carbon number 0-20, more preferably carbon number 0-16, particularly preferably carbon number 0-12), for example, sulfamoyl, methylaminosulfamoyl, dimethyl Aminosulfonyl, phenylaminesulfonyl, etc.), carbamoyl (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons), for example, Carbamate, methylcarbamate, diethylcarbamate, phenylcarbamate, etc.), sulfanyl (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons) Particularly preferred is carbon number 1 ~ 12, for example, methylthio group, ethylthio group, etc.), square sulfur group (preferably 6-20 carbon number, more preferably 6-16 carbon number, particularly preferred carbon number) 6 ~ 12, for example, phenylthio, etc.), sulfofluorenyl (preferably carbon number 1 to 20, more preferably carbon number 1 to 16, particularly preferred) The carbon number is 1 to 12, and examples include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, etc.), sulfinylsulfonyl (preferably carbon number 1-20, more preferably carbon number 1-16, particularly preferably carbon number 1). ~ 12, for example, methanesulfinyl sulfonium, benzenesulfinyl sulfonium, etc.), ureido (preferably carbon number 1-20, more preferably carbon number 1-16, particularly preferably carbon number 1-12, for example Such as urea, methylurea, phenylurea, etc.), amido phosphate (preferably carbon number 1-20, more preferably carbon number 1-16, particularly preferably carbon number 1-12, for example diethyl Methylphosphonium phosphate, phenylphosphonium phosphate, etc.), hydroxyl, hydrogenthio, halogen atom (such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano, sulfo, carboxyl, nitro, hydroxamic acid Group, phosphinyl group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, hetero atom system such as nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, specifically, for example Imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, furyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, etc.), silyl (preferably carbon number 3 ~ 40. Better carbon number is 3 ~ 30. The number of carbon atoms is 3 to 24, and examples thereof include trimethylsilyl group, 200526730 triphenyl sand group, and the like. These substituents may be further substituted. In addition, two or more substituting groups may be the same or different. Also, where possible 〃 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. The general formula (ι〇υ) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (101-A). General formula (101-A) [Chem. 24]

R2 · (式中 ’ R1、R2、R3 ' R4、R5、r6、、及 r8 係分別 獨立地表示氫原子或取代基) R1 ' R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R7、及R8係各別獨立地表 示氫原子或取代基、取代基可適用前述之取代基T。而且,R2 (wherein 'R1, R2, R3', R4, R5, r6, and r8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent) R1 'R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 each Do not independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent T described above may be applied. and,

此等取代基可進一步由其他取代基所取代,且取代基可彼 此縮環以形成環構造。 I R1及R3較佳爲氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取 代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵原子,更 佳爲氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵原子,更 佳爲氫原子、碳1〜:1 2烷基,特佳爲碳數i〜i 2的烷基(較佳 爲碳數4〜1 2)。 R2、及R4較佳爲氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、 取代或無取代的胺基 '烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵原子, 更佳爲氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵原子, -54 - 200526730 更佳爲氫原子、碳1〜12烷基,特佳爲氫原子、甲基,最佳 爲氫原子。 R5及R8較佳爲氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取 代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、_原子,更 佳爲氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵原子,更 佳爲氫原子、碳1〜12烷基,特佳爲氫原子、甲基,最佳爲 氫原子。 R6及R7較佳爲氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取 代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、齒原子,更 佳爲氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵原子,更 佳爲氫原子、鹵原子,特佳爲氫原子、氯原子。 一般式(101)更佳爲下述一般式(1〇1—Β)所表示之化合 物。 一般式(101-B) 【化25】These substituents may be further substituted with other substituents, and the substituents may be ring-condensed with each other to form a ring structure. I R1 and R3 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, or a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkane Group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, and halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom and a carbon group of 1 to: 12 alkyl groups, particularly preferably an alkyl group of carbon numbers i to i 2 (preferably carbon number 4) ~ 1 2). R2 and R4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, and a halogen atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkane group. Group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, and halogen atom, -54-200526730 is more preferably a hydrogen atom and a carbon group of 1-12, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom and a methyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom. R5 and R8 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, or an atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group , Aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, and halogen atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a carbon group of 1 to 12 alkyl, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom. R6 and R7 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, or a tooth atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group , An aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom and a halogen atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom and a chlorine atom. The general formula (101) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (101-B). General formula (101-B) [Chemical formula 25]

(式中,R]、R3、R6及R7係與一般式(101—A)中者同義, 而且較佳範圍亦爲相同) 以下係舉例一般式(1 0 1)所表示之化合物具體例,惟本 發明係不受任何下述具體例所限制。 -55- 200526730 υν·ι UV-2 UV-3 C UV-4 θιυν-5 化26】(In the formula, R], R3, R6 and R7 are synonymous with those in the general formula (101-A), and the preferred ranges are also the same. However, the present invention is not limited by any specific examples described below. -55- 200526730 υν · ι UV-2 UV-3 C UV-4 θιυν-5

UV-7UV-7

UV-8 ϋν·9UV-8 ϋν · 9

200526730 【化27】 UV-13 UV-12200526730 【Chemical 27】 UV-13 UV-12

UV-16UV-16

UV-15 UV-20UV-15 UV-20

-57 - 200526730 以上例所列舉之苯并三唑系化合物之中,即使製作不 含有分子量爲3 2 0以下的本發明透明薄膜時,其保留性之 點係確認爲有利。 而且,本發明中所使用的波長分散調整劑之一的二苯 甲酮系化合物較佳爲使用一般式(102)所示者。 一般式(1 02)-57-200526730 Among the benzotriazole compounds listed in the above examples, even if the transparent film of the present invention is produced without containing a molecular weight of 3 to 20, the point of retention is confirmed to be advantageous. In addition, as the benzophenone-based compound, which is one of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agents used in the present invention, it is preferable to use one represented by the general formula (102). General formula (1 02)

(式中,Q 1及Q2係各別獨立地表示芳香族環。X係表 示NR(R係表示氫原子或取代基)、氧原子或硫原子) Q1及Q2所表示之芳香族環可爲芳香族烴環或芳香族 雜環。又,其可爲單環,且可進一步與其他環形成縮合環。 Q1及Q2所表示之芳香族烴環較佳爲(較佳爲碳數6〜30 的單環或二環的芳香族烴環(例如苯環、萘環等),更佳爲 碳數6〜2 0的芳香族烴環、更佳爲碳數6〜12的芳香族烴環) 更佳爲苯環。 Q1及Q2所表示之芳香族雜環較佳爲芳香族雜環係含 有至少1個氧原子、氮原子或者硫原子中任一者。雜環的 具體例可舉例如呋喃、吡咯、噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡啶、 口比哄、嗒阱、三唑、三阱、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑阱、 噻唑、噻二唑、曙唑阱、曙唑、噚二唑、喹阱、異喹畊、 口太明1、萘錠、喹喔啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、蝶啶、吖啶、菲繞 -58- 200526730 啉、吩阱、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噚唑、苯并噻唑、苯并 三唑、四亞柳等。芳香族雜環較佳爲吡啶、三阱、喹哄。 Q1及Q2所表示之芳香族環較佳爲芳香族烴環,更佳 爲碳數6〜10的芳香族烴環,更佳爲取代或無取代的苯環。 Q1及Q2可進一步含有取代基,且後述之取代基τ爲 佳’但是取代基中不含有碳酸或磺酸、4級銨鹽。又,可 能的情形下取代基可彼此鍵結以形成環構造。 X係表不NR(R係表示氫原子或取代基。取代基可適 用後述之取代基T)、氧原子或硫原子,X較佳爲較 佳爲醯基、磺醯基,此等取代基可進一步取代)、或氧原子, 特佳爲氧原子。 取代基T可舉例如烷基(較佳爲碳數1〜2 〇、更佳爲碳 數1〜12、特佳爲碳數1〜8,可舉例如甲基、乙基、異丙基、 第三丁基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六烷基、環丙基、環戊 基、環己基等)、燃基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜12、 特佳爲碳數2〜8,可舉例如乙烯、烯丙基、2 —丁嫌基、3一 戊烯基等)、炔基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜12、特 佳爲碳數2〜8,可舉例如炔丙基、3 -戊炔基等)、芳基(較佳 爲碳數6〜30、更佳爲碳數6〜20、特佳爲碳數6〜12,可舉 例如苯基、對甲基苯基、萘基等)、取代或未取代的胺基(較 佳爲碳數0〜20、更佳爲碳數0〜10、特佳爲碳數〇〜6,可舉 例如胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、二戊基 胺基等)、烷氧基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜12、特 佳爲碳數1〜8,可舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等)、芳 氧基(較佳爲碳數 6〜20、更佳爲碳數6〜16、特佳爲碳數 -59- 200526730 6〜12,可舉例如苯氧基、2-萘氧基等)、醯基(較佳爲碳數 1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如乙醯 基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基等)、烷氧基羰基(較 佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、特佳爲碳數2〜12,可 舉例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等)、芳氧基羰基(較佳爲 碳數7〜20、更佳爲碳數7〜16、特佳爲碳數7〜10,可舉例 如苯氧基羰基等)、醯氧基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數 2〜16、特佳爲碳數2〜10,可舉例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基 等)、醯基胺基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、特佳 · 爲碳數2〜10,可舉例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等)、烷 氧基羰基胺基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、特佳 爲碳數2〜12,可舉例如甲氧基羰基胺基等)、芳氧基羰基胺 基(較佳爲碳數7〜20、更佳爲碳數7〜16、特佳爲碳數7〜12, 可舉例如苯氧基羰基胺基等)、磺醯胺基(較佳爲碳數 1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如甲烷 磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基等)、胺磺醯基(較佳爲碳數0〜20、 更佳爲碳數〇〜16、特佳爲碳數0〜12,可舉例如胺磺醯基、 φ 甲基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基等)、胺甲 醯基(較佳爲碳數 1〜20、更佳爲碳數 1〜16、特佳爲碳數 1〜12,可舉例如胺甲醯基、甲基胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯 基、苯基胺甲醯基等)、烷硫基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲 碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如甲硫基、乙硫基等)、 芳硫基(較佳爲碳數6〜20、更佳爲碳數6〜16、特佳爲碳數 6〜12,可舉例如苯硫基等)、磺醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更 佳爲碳數1〜1 6、特佳爲碳數1〜1 2,可舉例如甲磺醯基、乙 -60- 200526730 磺醯基等)、亞磺醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、 / 特佳爲碳數1〜1 2,可舉例如甲烷亞磺醯、苯亞磺醯等)、脲 基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12, 可舉例如脲、甲基脲、苯基脲等)、磷酸醯胺基(較佳爲碳 數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如 二乙基磷酸醯胺、苯基磷酸醯胺等)、羥基、氫硫基、鹵原 子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氰基、磺基、 羧基、硝基、氧肟酸基、膦基、肼基、亞胺基、雜環基(較 佳爲碳數1〜30、更佳爲1〜12,雜原子係例如氮原子、氧原 修 子、硫原子、具體而言係例如咪唑基、吡Π定基、喹啉基、 咲喃基、峨哄基、嗎福琳基、苯并曙嗤基、苯并咪Π坐基、 苯并噻唑基等)、矽烷基(較佳爲碳數3〜40、更佳爲碳數 3〜30、特佳爲碳數3〜24,可舉例如三甲基矽烷基、三苯基 矽烷基等)等。此等取代基可進一步取代。又,取代基爲二 個以上時,可相同或不同。又,在可能的情形下可互相鍵 結以形成環。 一般式(102)較佳爲下述一般式(102-A)所表示之化合 物。 一般式(102-A) 化29】(In the formula, Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent an aromatic ring. X represents NR (R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent), an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.) The aromatic rings represented by Q 1 and Q 2 may be Aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring. In addition, it may be a single ring, and may further form a condensed ring with another ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon rings represented by Q1 and Q2 are preferably (preferably monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon rings (e.g., benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and more preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms. 20 aromatic hydrocarbon rings, more preferably aromatic hydrocarbon rings having 6 to 12 carbon atoms) more preferably benzene rings. The aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Q1 and Q2 is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include furan, pyrrole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, mouth-to-mouth ratio, da trap, triazole, triple trap, indole, indazole, purine, thiazole trap, thiazole, and thiadiazole , Oxazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinone, isoquinol, koutaiming1, naphthalene tablets, quinoxaline, quinazoline, oxazoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthrene-58- 200526730 Phenols, phen wells, tetrazoles, benzimidazoles, benzoxazoles, benzothiazoles, benzotriazoles, tetrasalix, etc. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably pyridine, triple well, or quinone. The aromatic ring represented by Q1 and Q2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring. Q1 and Q2 may further contain a substituent, and the later-mentioned substituent τ is preferred. However, the substituent does not include carbonic acid, sulfonic acid, or a quaternary ammonium salt. Further, the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure when possible. X represents NR (R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Substituents T, which will be described later may be used), an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. X is preferably a fluorenyl group, a sulfonyl group, and the like. It may be further substituted), or an oxygen atom, particularly preferably an oxygen atom. Examples of the substituent T include an alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, and particularly preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, Tertiary butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), flammable group (preferably carbon number 2 to 20, more preferably carbon number 2 ~ 12. Particularly preferred is carbon number 2 ~ 8, for example, ethylene, allyl, 2-butanyl, 3-pentenyl, etc., alkynyl (preferably carbon number 2 ~ 20, more preferably Carbon number 2 ~ 12, particularly preferably carbon number 2 ~ 8, for example, propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl (preferably 6-30 carbon number, more preferably 6-20 carbon number) Particularly preferred is 6 to 12 carbons, for example, phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, etc., substituted or unsubstituted amine (preferably 0 to 20 carbons, more preferably 0 carbons) ~ 10. Particularly preferred is carbon number 0 ~ 6. Examples include amine, methylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipentylamino, etc.), alkoxy (preferably Carbon number 1 to 20, more preferably carbon number 1 to 12, particularly preferably carbon number 1 to 8, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc. ), Aryloxy (preferably 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably 6 to 16 carbons, particularly preferred is -59- 200526730 6 to 12, for example, phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc. ), Fluorenyl (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons, for example, ethenyl, benzamyl, formamyl, trimethyl Ethoxy, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbons, for example, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxy Carbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl (preferably 7 to 20 carbons, more preferably 7 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbons, for example, phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), fluorenyl ( It is preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include ethoxyl, benzamyloxy, and the like. 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly good 2 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, ethylamino, benzamidineamino, etc.), alkoxycarbonylamino (It is preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 16 carbons, and particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbons. For example, methoxycarbonylamine Etc.), aryloxycarbonylamino (preferably 7 to 20 carbons, more preferably 7 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbons, for example, phenoxycarbonylamino groups, etc.), sulfo Sulfonylamino group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, for example, methanesulfonylamino group, benzenesulfonylamino group, etc.), sulfonamide Fluorenyl (preferably 0 to 20 carbons, more preferably 0 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbons), for example, sulfamoyl, φmethylaminosulfonyl, dimethylamine Sulfonyl, phenylamine sulfonyl and the like), carbamoyl (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons, for example amine methyl Fluorenyl, methylaminomethylmethyl, diethylaminomethylmethyl, phenylaminomethylmethyl, etc.), alkylthio (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 12, and examples thereof include methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), arylthio (preferably 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably 6 to 16 carbons, and particularly 6 to 6 carbon atoms) 12, for example, phenylthio, etc.), sulfofluorenyl (preferably carbon number 1 to 20, more preferably carbon number 1 to 1) 6, particularly preferably carbon number 1 12, 2, for example, methylsulfonyl, ethyl-60-200526730 sulfonyl, etc.), sulfinyl (preferably carbon number 1-20, more preferably carbon number 1-16, / particularly preferably carbon Numbers 1 to 12 include, for example, methanesulfinyl sulfonium, benzenesulfinyl sulfonium, etc.), ureido (preferably carbon number 1-20, more preferably carbon number 1-16, particularly preferably carbon number 1-12 Examples include urea, methylurea, phenylurea, etc., amido phosphate (preferably carbon number 1-20, more preferably carbon number 1-16, particularly preferably carbon number 1-12, examples can be given) Such as diethylphosphonium phosphate, phenylphosphonium phosphate, etc.), hydroxyl, hydrogenthio, halogen atom (such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, Hydroxamic acid group, phosphine group, hydrazine group, imide group, heterocyclic group (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, hetero atom system such as nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, specific In terms of, for example, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, sulfanyl, molybdenyl, morpholinyl, benzoepinyl, benzimidyl, benzothiazolyl, etc.), silyl (3 ~ 40 carbon number is preferred, carbon number 3 is more preferred ~ 30, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, trimethylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted. When there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. Furthermore, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring when possible. The general formula (102) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (102-A). General formula (102-A)

-61- 200526730 分別 地表 而且 彼此 烯基 基、: 芳氧 原子 無取 氫原 的烷 烷氧 無取 氫原 的烷 1〜20 甲基 物。 (式中,Ri、R2、R3、r4、r5 獨立地表示氫原子或取代基) R、R2、、r4、R5、r6 不氫原子或取代基,取代 此等取代基可進一步被其 縮環以形成環構造。 R 、R8、及R9係各別獨立 ®可適用前述之取代基T。 他取代基所取代,取代基可-61- 200526730 respectively on the surface and each other alkenyl group: aryloxy atom alkane without hydrogen atom alkoxy alkane without hydrogen atom 1 ~ 20 methyl. (Wherein Ri, R2, R3, r4, r5 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent) R, R2, r4, R5, r6 are not hydrogen atoms or substituents, and these substituents may be further condensed by substitution To form a ring structure. R, R8, and R9 are each independently ® applicable to the aforementioned substituent T. Substituted by other substituents

RR

RR

R R及R9較佳爲氫原子、烷基 、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代 " 一 K的妝基、烷氧基、芳氧 經基、鹵原子,更佳爲氫原子 诜基、芳基、烷氧基, 基、鹵原子,更佳爲氫原子、s 勸版丁 碳1〜12烷基,特佳爲氫 、甲基,最佳爲氫原子。 R較佳爲氫原子、烷基、烯其 _ 娜暴、炔基、芳基、取代或 代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、倾I ^ ^ ^ 万興垂羥基、鹵原子、更佳爲 子、碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數〇〜2〇的胺基、碳數卜12 氧基、碳數6〜12芳氧基、羥基、更佳爲碳數卜2〇的 基’特佳爲碳數1〜12的烷氧基。 R較佳爲氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或 代的胺基、院氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵原子、更佳爲 子、碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數〇〜2〇的胺基、碳數2 氧基、碳數6〜12芳氧基、羥基、更佳爲氫原子、碳數 的烷基(較佳爲碳數1〜12、更佳爲碳數1〜8、更佳爲 )、特佳爲甲基、氫原子。 —般式(102)更佳爲下述一般式(1〇2-B)所表示之化合 一般式(102-B)RR and R9 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group, a alkynyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorenyl group, An aryl group, an alkoxy group, a group, and a halogen atom are more preferably a hydrogen atom, an succinyl butane 1 to 12 alkyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom. R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a naphthyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or substituted amine group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a pentyl group, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, More preferred are carbon, alkyl having 1 to 20 carbons, amino having 0 to 20 carbons, 12 oxo carbons, 6 to 12 aryloxy carbons, hydroxyl groups, and more preferably 2 carbons. The radical '' is particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or substituted amine group, an alkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, more preferably a group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkyl group, amine group with 0 to 2 carbon atoms, 2 oxy group with carbon number, 6 to 12 aryloxy group, hydroxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, carbon number alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon number) , More preferably carbon number 1 to 8, more preferably), particularly preferably a methyl group and a hydrogen atom. —General formula (102) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (102-B): General formula (102-B)

-62 - 200526730 化30-62-200526730 30

(式中,R G係表示氫原子、、 代或無取代的烯基、取 $無取代的烷基、取 的芳基) 隨|、、取代的炔基、取代或無取代(In the formula, R G represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, an unsubstituted alkyl group, an aryl group, and a substituted alkynyl group, substituted or unsubstituted.

RlG係表示氫原子、取代或無取 佧的极甘 的;兀基、取代或無取 代的烯基、取代或無取代的 垂取代或無取代的芳基, 且取代基可適用前述之取代基Τ。 R1。較佳爲取代或無取代的院基,更佳爲碳數5〜2〇之 取代或無取代的院基,更佳爲碳數5〜12之取代或無取代的 f基(正己基、2_乙基己基、正辛基、正癸基、正十二院基、 本甲基等),特佳爲碳數6〜I2之取代或無取代的烷基(2_乙 基己基、正辛基、正癸基、正十二烷基、苯甲基)。 —般式(1 〇 2 )所表示之化合物係根據特開平丨i __ i 2 2 i 9 號公報記載之公知的方法而合成。 以下係舉例一般式(1 〇 2)所表示之化合物具體例,本發 明係不受下述任何具體例所限制。 -63 - 200526730 【化3 1】 UV-101RlG represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unselected extremely sweet; a carbyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted vertical substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and the aforementioned substituents may be applicable to the substituent Τ. R1. Preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted academic group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted f group (n-hexyl, 2 carbon group) having 5 to 12 carbon atoms. _Ethylhexyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, benzyl, etc.), particularly preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (2-ethylhexyl, n-octyl Group, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, benzyl). —The compound represented by the general formula (102) is synthesized according to a known method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. i__i 2 2 i 9. The following are specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (102), and the present invention is not limited by any specific examples described below. -63-200526730 [Chemical 3 1] UV-101

UV-103UV-103

O OHO OH

-64- 200526730 【·化32】 UV-104-64- 200526730 【· Chemical 32】 UV-104

UV-109 UV-110UV-109 UV-110

UV-106 UV-111 _UV-106 UV-111 _

-65- 200526730 【化3 3】-65- 200526730 [Chemical 3 3]

UV-114UV-114

UV419UV419

UV-115UV-115

H3COH3CO

OCi2H25(n)OCi2H25 (n)

而且,本發明中所使用波長分散調整劑中之一的含氰 基之化合物,較佳係使用一般式(1 〇 3 )所示者。 一般式(1 03) 【化3 4】Moreover, it is preferable that the cyano group-containing compound as one of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agents used in the present invention is a compound represented by the general formula (103). General formula (1 03) [Chemical 3 4]

X2 Q2 -66- 200526730 (式中,Q1及Q2係各別獨立地表示芳香族環。X1及 X2係表示氫原子或取代基,至少任一個係表示氰基、羰基、 磺醯基、芳香族雜環)(51及Q2所表示之芳香族環可爲芳香 族烴環或芳香族雜環。又,其可爲單環,且可進一步與其 他環形成縮合環。 芳香族烴環較佳爲(較佳爲碳數6〜30的單環或二環之 芳香族烴環(例如苯環、萘環等),更佳爲碳數6〜20的芳香 族烴環、更佳爲碳數6〜12的芳香族烴環)更佳爲苯環。 芳香族雜環較佳爲含氮原子或者硫原子的芳香族雜 環。雜環的具體例可舉例如噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡啶、吡 畊、嗒阱、三唑、三畊、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑哄、噻 唑、噻二唑、曙唑阱、噚唑、噚二唑、喹阱、異喹阱、呔 阱、萘錠、喹喔啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、蝶啶、吖啶、菲繞啉、 吩阱、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并曙唑、苯并噻唑、苯并三唑、 四亞柳等。芳香族雜環較佳爲吡啶、三畊、喹阱。 Q 1及Q2所表示的芳香族環較佳爲芳香族烴環,更佳 爲苯環。 Q1及Q2可進一步含有取代基、後述之取代基T爲佳。 取代基T係例如烷基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜12、 特佳爲碳數1〜8,可舉例如甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁 基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環 己基等)、烯基(較佳爲碳數2〜2 0、更佳爲碳數2〜12、特佳 爲碳數2〜8,可舉例如乙烯、烯丙基、2-丁烯基、3-戊烯 基等)、炔基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜12、特佳爲 碳數2〜8,可舉例如炔丙基、3-戊炔基等)、芳基(較佳爲碳 -67 - 200526730 數6〜30、更佳爲碳數6〜20、特佳爲碳數6〜12,可舉例如 苯基、對甲基苯基、萘基等)、取代或未取代的胺基(較佳 爲碳數0〜20、更佳爲碳數〇〜10、特佳爲碳數0〜6,可舉例 如胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、二戊基胺 基等)、烷氧基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜12、特佳 爲碳數1〜8,可舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等)、芳氧 基(較佳爲碳數6〜20、更佳爲碳數6〜16、特佳爲碳數6〜12, 可舉例如苯氧基、2-萘氧基等)、醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、 更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如乙醯基、苯 甲醯基、甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基等)、烷氧基羰基(較佳爲 碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、特佳爲碳數2〜12,可舉例 如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等)、芳氧基羰基(較佳爲碳數 7〜2 0、更佳爲碳數7〜16、特佳爲碳數7〜10,可舉例如苯氧 基羰基等)、醯氧基(較佳爲碳數2〜2 0、更佳爲碳數2〜16、 特佳爲碳數2〜10,可舉例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、醯 基胺基(較佳爲碳數2〜20、更佳爲碳數2〜16、特佳爲碳數 2〜10,可舉例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等)、烷氧基羰 基胺基(較佳爲碳數2〜2 0、更佳爲碳數2〜16、特佳爲碳數 2〜12,可舉例如甲氧基羰基胺基等)、芳氧基羰基胺基(較 佳爲碳數7〜20、更佳爲碳數7〜16、特佳爲碳數7〜12,可 舉例如苯氧基羰基胺基等)、磺醯胺基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、 更佳爲碳數1〜1 6、特佳爲碳數1〜1 2,可舉例如甲烷磺醯胺 基、苯磺醯胺基等)、胺磺醯基(較佳爲碳數0〜20、更佳爲 碳數0〜16、特佳爲碳數0〜12,可舉例如胺磺醯基、甲基胺 磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基等)、胺甲醯基(較 -68- 200526730 佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可 舉例如胺甲醯基、甲基胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、苯基 胺甲醯基等)、烷硫基(較佳爲碳數1〜2〇、更佳爲碳數1〜16、 特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如甲硫基、乙硫基等)、芳硫基(較 佳爲碳數6〜20、更佳爲碳數6〜16、特佳爲碳數6〜12,可 舉例如苯硫基等)、磺醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜2〇、更佳爲碳數 1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如甲磺醯基、乙磺醯基等)、 亞磺醯基(較佳爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳 數1〜1 2,可舉例如甲烷亞磺醯、苯亞磺醯等)、脲基(較佳 爲碳數1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉 例如脲、甲基脲、苯基脲等)、磷酸醯胺基(較佳爲碳數 1〜20、更佳爲碳數1〜16、特佳爲碳數1〜12,可舉例如二乙 基憐酸醯胺、苯基磷酸醯胺等)、羥基、氫硫基、鹵原子(例 如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氰基、磺基、羧基、 硝基、氧膀酸基、膦基、肼基、亞胺基、雜環基(較佳爲碳 數1〜3〇、更佳爲1〜12,雜原子係例如氮原子、氧原子、硫 原子、具體而言係例如咪唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、 哌哄基、嗎福啉基、苯并噚唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑 基等)、矽烷基(較佳爲碳數3〜40、更佳爲碳數3〜30、特佳 爲碳數3〜24,可舉例如三甲基矽烷基、三苯基矽烷基等) 等。此等取代基可進一步取代。又,取代基爲二個以上時, 其可相同或不同。又,在可能的情形下可互相鍵結以形成 環。 x及χ2係表示氫原子或取代基,且至少其中之一係 表示氰基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環。\!及χ2所表示 -69- 200526730 之取代基可適用前述之取代基τ。又,…及X2所表示之取 代基可進一步由其他之取代基所取代,X】及X 2可各別縮 環以形成環構造。 X1及X2較佳爲氫原子、烷基、芳基、氰基、硝基、 羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環、更佳爲氰基、羰基、磺醯基、 芳香族雜環、更佳爲氰基、羰基、特佳爲氰基、烷氧基羰 基(-C( = 0)〇R(R:碳數1〜20烷基、碳數6〜12的芳基及其組 合者))。 一般式(103)較佳爲下述一般式(1 〇3一A)所表示之化合 物。 一般式(1 0 3 - A) 【化3 5】 X1 X2X2 Q2 -66- 200526730 (where Q1 and Q2 each independently represent an aromatic ring. X1 and X2 each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of them represents a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfofluorenyl group, and an aromatic group The heterocyclic ring) (51 and Q2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. It may be a monocyclic ring and may further form a condensed ring with other rings. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably (Preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring (e.g., benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 carbon atoms Aromatic hydrocarbon rings of ~ 12) are more preferably benzene rings. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, Pycnogenol, Datra, Trizo, Santo, indole, indazole, purine, thiazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, oxazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinone, isoquinone, hydrazone, Naphthol, quinoxaline, quinazoline, oxoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenone, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzene Triazole, syringa, etc. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably pyridine, Sangen, quinone. The aromatic ring represented by Q 1 and Q 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a benzene ring. Q 1 and Q 2 It may further contain a substituent, and a substituent T described later is preferred. The substituent T is, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 12 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 8 carbons). Examples include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, third butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), alkenyl (preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 12 carbons, particularly 2 to 8 carbons, for example, ethylene, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl (Preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 12 carbons, particularly preferably 2 to 8 carbons, for example, propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl (preferably carbon -67-200526730 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20 carbons, particularly 6 to 12 carbons, for example, phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted amines Base (preferably carbon number 0 to 20, more preferably carbon number 0 to 10, particularly preferably carbon number 0 to 6, For example, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipentylamino, etc.), alkoxy (preferably carbon number 1-20, more preferably carbon number 1- 12. Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 1 to 8. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc., aryloxy (preferably 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably 6 to 16 carbons, Particularly preferred is 6 to 12 carbons, and examples thereof include phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc., fluorenyl (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably carbons) 1 ~ 12, for example, ethylamyl, benzamyl, formamyl, trimethylethylamyl, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 2 carbons) 16. Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 2 to 12, examples of which include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl (preferably carbon number 7 to 20, more preferably carbon number 7 to 16, Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 7 to 10, examples of which include phenoxycarbonyl, etc., fluorenyloxy (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 16, and particularly preferred a carbon number of 2 to 10) For example, ethoxyl, benzamyloxy, etc.), fluorenylamino (preferably 2 to 20 carbons, more preferably 2 to 16 carbons, Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 2 to 10, and examples thereof include an ethylamino group, a benzylamino group, etc.), an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and more preferably a carbon number of 2) ~ 16, particularly preferred is carbon number 2 ~ 12, for example, methoxycarbonylamino group, etc.), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably carbon number 7-20, more preferably carbon number 7-16, special The number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 12. Examples include phenoxycarbonylamino groups, sulfonamide groups (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 1 carbon atoms, 6 most preferably carbon number 1). ~ 12, for example, methanesulfonamido group, benzenesulfonamido group, etc.), sulfamorano group (preferably carbon number 0-20, more preferably carbon number 0-16, particularly preferably carbon number 0) ~ 12, for example, sulfamidino, methylaminesulfonyl, dimethylaminesulfonyl, phenylaminesulfonyl, etc.), carbamoyl (more than -68-200526730, preferably carbon number 1) ~ 20, more preferably 1 to 16, carbon number, particularly preferably 1 to 12, carbon number, for example, carbamoyl, methylaminomethyl, diethylaminomethyl, phenylaminomethyl Etc.), alkylthio (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons, for example Methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), arylthio (preferably 6 to 20 carbons, more preferably 6 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbons, for example, phenylthio, etc.), Sulfofluorenyl (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons, for example, methanesulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, etc.), sulfinyl Base (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbons, for example, methanesulfinyl sulfonium, benzenesulfinyl sulfonium, etc.), urea groups (preferably 1 to 20 carbons, more preferably 1 to 16 carbons, particularly 1 to 12 carbons, examples of which include urea, methylurea, phenylurea, etc., amido phosphate (preferably carbon number) 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16, carbon number, particularly preferably 1 to 12, carbon number, for example, diethylphosphonate, phenylphosphonium phosphate, etc.), a hydroxyl group, a hydrogen sulfur group, a halogen atom ( For example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, oxo acid group, phosphine group, hydrazine group, imino group, heterocyclic group (preferably carbon number 1) ~ 30, more preferably 1 ~ 12, heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and the like Languages such as imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, furyl, piperazyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, etc.), silyl (preferably carbon The number is 3 to 40, more preferably the number of carbons is 3 to 30, and particularly preferably the number of carbons is 3 to 24. Examples thereof include trimethylsilyl, triphenylsilyl, and the like. These substituents may be further substituted. When there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. Furthermore, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring when possible. x and χ2 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of them represents a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfofluorenyl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. The substituents represented by \! And χ2 -69- 200526730 are applicable to the aforementioned substituent τ. Further, the substituents represented by ... and X2 may be further substituted with other substituents, and X] and X2 may be respectively condensed to form a ring structure. X1 and X2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, more preferably a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and more Preferred is cyano, carbonyl, particularly preferred is cyano, alkoxycarbonyl (-C (= 0) OR (R: aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 6 to 12 aryl groups, and combinations thereof) ). The general formula (103) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (103-A). General formula (1 0 3-A) [Chemical 3 5] X1 X2

Rf FT (式中,Rl、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R7、R8、R9 及 Rl〇 係分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。X1及X2係與一般式 (2 0)中者同義,且較佳範圍亦爲相同)Rf FT (wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent. X1 and X2 are the same as those in the general formula (20) Synonymous, and the preferred range is the same)

Rl、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R7、r8、R9 及 RU)係各別 獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,取代基係可適用前述之取代 基T。而且此等取代基可進一步被其他取代基所取代,取 代基可彼此縮環以形成環構造。R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, r8, R9, and RU) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the aforementioned substituent T is applicable to the substituent. Moreover, these substituents may be further substituted with other substituents, and the substituents may be condensed with each other to form a ring structure.

Ri、R2、R4、R5、R6、R7、R9、及 R10 較佳爲氫原子、 -70- 200526730 烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代 ^ ^ s ^ …、取代的胺基、烷氧基、 方與基、趣基、鹵原子,更佳爲氫原子其、 氧基、芳氧基、鹵原子、更佳玛 土方土…兀 丨土场®原子、碳1〜丨 佳爲氫原子'甲基,最佳爲氫原子。 土 、 R 及R8較佳爲氣原子、燒其 如基、烯基、炔基、芳其、 取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳 " w ^ ^ ^ 方虱基、羥基、鹵原子、 更ί土爲氫原子、碳數1〜2 〇的院基 棊碳數〇〜20的胺基、碳 數1〜12的烷氧基、碳數6〜丨2芳 ^ ^ 興基羥基、更佳爲氫原 子碳數1〜1 2的烷基、碳數ί〜丨2丨完氣 、 ^兀氧基、特佳爲氫原子。 —般式(103)更佳爲下述一般式π 败% U〇3-Β)所表示之化合 物。 一般式(103-Β) 【化3 6】 NCv.X3Ri, R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R9, and R10 are preferably a hydrogen atom, -70- 200526730 alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, substituted ^^ s ^, substituted amino group, Alkoxy, square and radical, aryl, halogen atom, more preferably hydrogen atom, oxygen, aryloxy, halogen atom, more preferably earthen earth ... The hydrogen atom is a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. Earth, R and R8 are preferably gas atoms, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, substituted or unsubstituted amine, alkoxy, aryl " w ^ ^ ^ square tick, hydroxyl, halogen atom , More earth is a hydrogen atom, a carbon number of 1 to 2 0, an amino group of 0 to 20 carbons, an alkoxy group of 1 to 12 carbons, a carbon number of 6 to 2 aromatic ^ ^ hydroxy group, More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms of hydrogen atom, 2 to 2 carbon atoms, hydrogen atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. -The general formula (103) is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula π %% U03-B). General formula (103-Β) [Chemical formula 3 6] NCv.X3

(式中,R3及R8係與一般式(1〇3 —A)中者同義,又,較 佳範圍亦爲相同。X3係表示氫原子、或取代基) X3係表示氯原子、或取代基,且取代基可適用前述之 取代基T,又可能的情形下可進一步用其他之取代基所取 代。X3較佳爲氫原子、烷基、芳基、氰基、硝基、鑛基、 石黃酿基、芳香族雜環,更佳爲氰基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香 族雜環,更佳爲氰基、羰基,特佳爲氰基、烷氧基羰基 200526730 (-C( = 0)0R(R:碳數1〜20烷基、碳數6〜12的芳基及其組合 者))。 一般式(103)更佳爲一般式(1〇3 — 〇所表示之化合物。 一般式(103-C) 【化3 7】 Ο(In the formula, R3 and R8 are synonymous with those in the general formula (103-A), and the preferred range is also the same. X3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent) X3 represents a chlorine atom or a substituent Moreover, the substituent may be the aforementioned substituent T, and may be further substituted with other substituents when possible. X3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a mineral group, a ruthenium group, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, more preferably a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and more Preferred is cyano and carbonyl, particularly preferred is cyano and alkoxycarbonyl 200526730 (-C (= 0) 0R (R: aryl group having 1 to 20 alkyl groups, 6 to 12 carbon atoms and combinations thereof) ). The general formula (103) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (103-〇. The general formula (103-C) [Chemical Formula 3 7] 〇

(式中’ R3及Rs係與一般式(1〇3-A)中者同義,又,較 佳範圍亦爲相同。R21係表示碳數1〜20的烷基) R21較佳爲R3及兩方爲氫的情形、碳數2〜12的燒 基,較佳爲碳數4〜12的烷基,更佳爲碳數6〜12的烷基, 特佳爲正辛基、第三辛基、2 -乙基己基、正癸基、正十二 烷基、最佳爲2 -乙基己基。 R21較佳爲R3及R 8爲氫以外的情形,一般式(1 〇 3〜q 所表示之化合物的分子量爲300以上,且碳數20以下的碳 數的烷基爲佳。 本發明一般式(103)所表示之化合物可根據Jounal of American Chemical Society 63 卷 3452 頁(1941)所記載之 方法而合成。 以下係舉例一般式(10 3)所表示之化合物的具體例’惟 本發明係不受下述具體例的限制。 -72 - 200526730 【化 UV-201 UV-202 UV-203 UV-204 UV-205 3 8](In the formula, 'R3 and Rs are synonymous with those in the general formula (103-A), and the preferred range is also the same. R21 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.] R21 is preferably R3 and two In the case of hydrogen, the alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably n-octyl group and third octyl group. , 2-ethylhexyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, most preferably 2-ethylhexyl. R21 is preferably a case where R3 and R8 are other than hydrogen. The compound represented by the general formula (103 to q has a molecular weight of 300 or more and an alkyl group with a carbon number of 20 or less is preferred. The general formula of the present invention The compound represented by (103) can be synthesized according to the method described in Jounal of American Chemical Society 63 Vol. 3452 (1941). The following are specific examples of the compound represented by general formula (10 3). Limited by the following specific examples: -72-200526730 [Chemized UV-201 UV-202 UV-203 UV-204 UV-205 3 8]

OO

-73 - 200526730-73-200526730

UV-213 ΟUV-213 Ο

UV-218 UV-219 UV-214UV-218 UV-219 UV-214

UV-220UV-220

-74- 200526730 【化40 UV-221-74- 200526730 【Chemical 40 UV-221

CNCN

UV-226UV-226

UV-227UV-227

UV-222 NC、/CNUV-222 NC, / CN

IJV-223 UV-228IJV-223 UV-228

NC< /CNNC < / CN

UV-224 UV-225UV-224 UV-225

UV-231 Ph CN NC PhUV-231 Ph CN NC Ph

Ov--s〇i:o=v<:Ov--s〇i: o = v <:

Ph CN NC Ph 乙酸纖維素薄膜爲具有多層構造時,各層中的添加劑 種類或量可爲不同(例如特開平2 0 0 1 - 1 5 1 9 0 2號公報記載)。 -75 - 200526730 關於乙酸纖維素薄膜的添加劑於公開技報200 1 - 1 745 號(2001年3月I5日發行、發明協會)第16頁〜第22頁亦 有記載。 [乙酸纖維素薄膜的製造] 乙酸纖維素溶液的溶劑係以有機溶劑爲佳。 有機溶劑較佳可使用鹵化烴。鹵化烴係以氯化烴爲 佳,二氯甲院及氯仿爲更佳,二氯甲院爲最佳。 亦可使用鹵化烴以外的有機溶劑。鹵化烴以外的有機 溶劑係包含酯、酮、醚、醇及烴。有機溶劑的碳原子數係 以1至12爲佳。酯、酮、醚、醇及烴可具有分支構造或者 環狀構造。具有酯、酮、醚及醇的官能基(即-〇-、-CCK、 -COO-、-OH)中任二個以上之化合物亦可作爲溶齊jj使用。 酯、酮、醚及醇的烴部分中的氫原子可用鹵原子(特別是氣 原子)取代。 碳原子數爲2〜12之酯之例係包含甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙 酯、甲酸丙酯、甲酸丁酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸戊 酯。 碳原子數3〜12之酮之例係包含丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二 乙基酮、二異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮。 碳原子數3〜12之醚之例係包含二異丙基醚、二甲氧基 甲院、二甲氧基乙院、1,4_二B惡院、1,3 -二氧雜戊環、四氮 呋喃、苯甲醚、苯乙醚。 碳原子數爲1〜12的醇類之例係包含甲醇、乙醇、k 丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、第三丁醇、^戊醇、2_ 甲基-2-丁醇、環己醇、2-全氟乙醇、2,2,2-三氟乙醇、2,2,3,3_ -76 - 200526730 四氟-1 -丙醇。 .. 具有二種類以上官能基之有機溶劑之例係包含2 -乙氧 基乙酸乙酯、2 -甲氧基乙醇、2_ 丁氧基乙醇、乙酸甲基乙 醯酯。 碳原子數爲6〜12之烴之例係包含環己烷、己烷、苯、 甲苯、二甲苯。 特佳的有機溶劑有二氯甲烷、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、 乙酸甲酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲醇、 乙醇、1 -丙醇、2 -丙醇、1 _ 丁醇、2 - 丁醇、環己醇、乙酸甲 鲁 基乙醯酯、己烷、環己烷。 鹵化烴可與其他的有機溶劑倂用。倂用鹵化烴與其他 有機溶劑的情形下,鹵化烴的比例係以5 0質量%以上爲 佳。倂用二氯甲烷與其他的有機溶劑爲特佳。 亦可複數倂用鹵化烴以外的有機溶劑。 特佳的混合溶劑係互相不同之3種類以上的混合溶 劑,第1溶劑係選自於酯(例如,乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、甲 酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯)、丙酮、醚(例如,二氧雜戊環、二噁 g 烷)、第2溶劑係選自於碳原子數爲4〜7的酮(包括乙醯乙 酸之酯)、第3溶劑係選自於碳原子數爲丨〜i 〇的醇類或烴。 第3溶劑係以碳原子數丨〜8的醇類爲佳。第1溶劑爲2種 以上溶劑之混合液時,沒有第2溶劑亦可。第1溶劑係以 選自於乙酸甲酯、丙酮、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯者爲佳。第 2丨谷劑係以^自於甲基乙基酬、j哀戊酮|、環己酬、乙酸甲 基乙醯酯者爲佳。 第3溶劑的醇之例係與前述的醇相同。 -77- 200526730 第3溶劑之烴可具有環狀構造或分支構造。烴係包含 方香ί矢烴與目曰肪族烴。脂肪族烴可爲不飽和。烴之例係包 括環己院、己院、苯、甲苯及二甲苯。第3溶劑係以選自 於甲醇、乙醇、1 -丙醇、2 -丙醇、1 - 丁醇、2 - 丁醇、環己醇、 環己烷、己烷爲佳,其中以選自於甲醇、乙醇、丨_丙醇、 2-丙醇、1-丁醇爲更佳。 3種類的混合溶劑係以包含第1溶劑爲2 0〜9 5質量%、 第2溶劑爲2〜60質量%、第3溶劑爲2〜30質量%的比率爲 佳。包含第1溶劑爲30〜90質量%,第2溶劑爲3〜50質量 %、第3溶劑之醇爲3〜25質量%爲更佳。包含第1溶劑爲 3 0〜9 0質量%、第2溶劑爲3〜3 0質量%、第3溶劑之醇爲 3〜1 5質量%爲最佳。此外,第1溶劑爲不使用第2溶劑之 混合液時,係以包含第1溶劑爲20〜90質量%、第3溶劑 爲5〜30質量%的比率爲佳。包含由混合液所構成之第1溶 劑爲30〜86質量%,第3溶劑爲7〜25質量%爲更佳。 非氯系有機溶劑係記載於發明協會公開技報(公技號 碼2001-1745、2001年3月15日發行、發明協會)的第12〜16 裒。 有機溶劑的組合例係舉例如下。比率的數値係爲質量 份。 (1) 二氯甲烷/甲醇/乙醇/ 丁醇= 80/1 0/5/5 (2) 二氯甲烷/丙酮/甲醇/丙醇= 80/10/5/5 (3) 二氯甲烷/甲醇/ 丁醇/環己烷= 75/10/5/5/5 (4) 二氯甲烷/甲基乙基酮/甲醇/ 丁醇= 80/10/5/5 (5) 二氯甲烷/丙酮/甲基乙基酮/乙醇/異丙醇 -78- 200526730 =68/10/10/5/7 (6) 二氯甲烷/環戊酮/甲醇/異丙醇= 77/10/5/8 (7) 二氯甲烷/乙酸甲酯/丁醇=80/10/10 (8) 二氯甲烷/環己酮/甲醇/己烷= 70/20/5/5 (9) 二氯甲烷/甲基乙基酮/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇 = 5 0/20/20/5/5 (10) 二氯甲烷/1,3-二氧雜戊環/甲醇/乙醇= 70/20/5/5 (11) 二氯甲烷/二噁烷/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇= 60/20/10/5/5 (12) 二氯甲烷/丙酮/環戊酮/乙醇/異丁醇/環己烷 =65/10/10/5/5/5 (13) 二氯甲烷/甲基乙基酮/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇 =70/10/10/5/5 (14) 二氯甲烷/丙酮/乙酸乙酯/乙醇/ 丁醇/己烷 =65/10/10/5/5/5 (15) 二氯甲烷/乙酸甲基乙醯酯/甲醇/乙醇=65/20/1 0/5 (16) 二氯甲烷/環戊酮/乙醇/丁醇=65/20/ 1 0/5 調製的乙酸纖維素溶液的濃度係以1 〇至3 0質量%爲 佳,13至27質量%爲更佳,15至25質量%爲最佳。 乙酸纖維素係溶解於溶劑以段階調整至所定的濃度。 且調製予先低濃度(例如9至1 4質量%)溶液後,可加以濃 縮。再者,調製予先高濃度的溶液後’可加以稀釋。藉由 加入添加劑,亦可降低乙酸纖維素的濃度。 乙酸纖維素溶液(膠漿)的調製係以冷却溶解法、高溫 溶解法或此等之組合而實施爲佳。關於乙酸纖維素溶液的 調製方法,係記載於特開昭5 8 - 1 2 7 7 3 7號、同6 1 - 1 0 6 6 2 8 -79 - 200526730 號、特開平 2 -2 7 6 8 3 0 號、同 4_2 5 95 1 1 號、同 5- 1 63 3 0 1 號、 同 9-95544 號、同 10-45950 號、同 10-95854 號、同 11-7 1463 號、同 11-302388號、同 11-322946號、同 11-322947號、 同 11-323017 號、特開 2000.53784 號、同 2000-273184、 同2000-273239號的各公報。 關於乙酸纖維素溶液的調製方法,亦記載於公開技報 20 0 1-1745號(2001年3月15日發行、發明協會)第25頁。 此外’高溫溶解法中的加熱溫度爲所使用有機溶劑沸 點以上時,係邊加壓邊加熱。 在冷卻乙酸纖維素與溶劑的混合物之步驟中,其冷却 溫度係沒有特別地限制,係以-1 〇 〇 °C至-1 〇 °C爲佳,-1 0 0 °C 至-30°C爲更佳,-100°C至-5(TC爲特佳。 乙酸纖維素溶液係以4 0 °C的黏度爲1至4 0 0 P a · s爲 佳,10至200Pa· s爲更佳。 乙酸纖維素溶液係以在15°C的動貯藏彈性率爲lOOPa 以上爲佳,5 00至100萬Pa爲更佳。又,於低溫下動貯藏 彈性率爲大程度爲佳。例如流延膠漿的支持體溫度爲_ 5它 時,於-5°C下動貯藏彈性率爲1萬至100萬Pa爲佳。支持 體溫度爲-5 0 °C時,於-5 0 °C下的動貯藏彈性率爲1萬至5 0 0 萬P a爲佳。 黏度及動貯藏彈性率,係將試料溶液1 mL裝入直徑 4cm/2°的容器(Steel Cone、TA Instruments 社製)、利用流 變儀(CLS5 00、ΤΑ Instruments社製)加以測定。測定條件Ph CN NC Ph When the cellulose acetate film has a multi-layer structure, the types or amounts of additives in each layer may be different (for example, described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 001- 1 5 1 920). -75-200526730 Additives for cellulose acetate films are also described in Japanese Technical Bulletin 200 1-1 745 (issued March 15, 2001, Association of Inventions), pages 16 to 22. [Production of cellulose acetate film] The solvent of the cellulose acetate solution is preferably an organic solvent. The organic solvent is preferably a halogenated hydrocarbon. Halogenated hydrocarbons are preferably chlorinated hydrocarbons, dichloromethanes and chloroform are more preferred, and dichloromethanes are most preferred. Organic solvents other than halogenated hydrocarbons can also be used. Organic solvents other than halogenated hydrocarbons include esters, ketones, ethers, alcohols, and hydrocarbons. The carbon number of the organic solvent is preferably from 1 to 12. Ester, ketone, ether, alcohol, and hydrocarbon may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure. Compounds having any two or more of the functional groups of esters, ketones, ethers, and alcohols (ie, -0-, -CCK, -COO-, -OH) can also be used as solvents. Hydrogen atoms in the hydrocarbon portion of esters, ketones, ethers, and alcohols may be replaced with halogen atoms (especially gas atoms). Examples of the ester having 2 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl formate, ethyl formate, propyl formate, butyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and pentyl acetate. Examples of the ketone having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and methyl cyclohexanone. Examples of ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethyl, 1,4-diB, and 1,3-dioxolane. , Tetranitrofuran, anisole, phenyl ether. Examples of alcohols having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methanol, ethanol, k-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, third butanol, pentyl alcohol, and 2-methyl- 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-perfluoroethanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3_ -76-200526730 tetrafluoro-1 -propanol. Examples of organic solvents having two or more types of functional groups include ethyl 2-ethoxyacetate, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-butoxyethanol, and methyl ethyl acetate. Examples of the hydrocarbon having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include cyclohexane, hexane, benzene, toluene, and xylene. Particularly preferred organic solvents are dichloromethane, methyl formate, ethyl formate, methyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propane Alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, methyl ethyl methyl ethyl acetate, hexane, cyclohexane. Halogenated hydrocarbons can be used with other organic solvents. When halogenated hydrocarbons and other organic solvents are used, the proportion of halogenated hydrocarbons is preferably 50% by mass or more. It is particularly preferred to use dichloromethane and other organic solvents. Organic solvents other than halogenated hydrocarbons may be used in plural. Particularly preferred mixed solvents are three or more different mixed solvents. The first solvent is selected from the group consisting of esters (for example, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate), acetone, and ether (for example, Dioxolane, dioxane), the second solvent is selected from the group consisting of ketones having 4 to 7 carbon atoms (including ethyl acetate), and the third solvent is selected from the group having carbon atoms i 〇 Alcohols or hydrocarbons. The third solvent is preferably an alcohol having from 8 to 8 carbon atoms. When the first solvent is a mixture of two or more solvents, the second solvent may not be required. The first solvent is preferably selected from methyl acetate, acetone, methyl formate and ethyl formate. The second cereal is preferably based on methyl ethyl ester, pentylone, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl acetate, or the like. Examples of the alcohol in the third solvent are the same as those described above. -77- 200526730 The hydrocarbon of the third solvent may have a ring structure or a branched structure. The hydrocarbon system includes Fangxiangyuan and hydrocarbons. The aliphatic hydrocarbon may be unsaturated. Examples of hydrocarbons include cyclohexylamine, almond, benzene, toluene, and xylene. The third solvent is preferably selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclohexane, and hexane. Methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, and 1-butanol are more preferred. The three types of mixed solvents preferably include a ratio of 20 to 95% by mass of the first solvent, 2 to 60% by mass of the second solvent, and 2 to 30% by mass of the third solvent. The first solvent contains 30 to 90% by mass, the second solvent contains 3 to 50% by mass, and the third solvent contains 3 to 25% by mass of the alcohol. The first solvent is preferably 30 to 90% by mass, the second solvent is 3 to 30% by mass, and the third solvent is preferably 3 to 15% by mass of the alcohol. When the first solvent is a mixed solution in which the second solvent is not used, it is preferable that the ratio of the first solvent is 20 to 90% by mass and the third solvent is 5 to 30% by mass. The first solvent including the mixed solution is 30 to 86% by mass, and the third solvent is more preferably 7 to 25% by mass. Non-chlorine-based organic solvents are described in the Public Technical Bulletin of the Invention Association (public technical number 2001-1745, issued on March 15, 2001, Association of Inventions) Nos. 12-16. Examples of combinations of organic solvents are as follows. The ratios are in parts by mass. (1) Dichloromethane / methanol / ethanol / butanol = 80/1 0/5/5 (2) Dichloromethane / acetone / methanol / propanol = 80/10/5/5 (3) Dichloromethane / Methanol / butanol / cyclohexane = 75/10/5/5/5 (4) Dichloromethane / methyl ethyl ketone / methanol / butanol = 80/10/5/5 (5) Dichloromethane / Acetone / methyl ethyl ketone / ethanol / isopropanol-78- 200526730 = 68/10/10/5/7 (6) Dichloromethane / cyclopentanone / methanol / isopropanol = 77/10/5 / 8 (7) dichloromethane / methyl acetate / butanol = 80/10/10 (8) dichloromethane / cyclohexanone / methanol / hexane = 70/20/5/5 (9) dichloromethane / Methyl ethyl ketone / acetone / methanol / ethanol = 5 0/20/20/5/5 (10) dichloromethane / 1,3-dioxolane / methanol / ethanol = 70/20/5/5 (11) Dichloromethane / dioxane / acetone / methanol / ethanol = 60/20/10/5/5 (12) Dichloromethane / acetone / cyclopentanone / ethanol / isobutanol / cyclohexane = 65 / 10/10/5/5/5 (13) Dichloromethane / methyl ethyl ketone / acetone / methanol / ethanol = 70/10/10/5/5 (14) Dichloromethane / acetone / ethyl acetate / Ethanol / butanol / hexane = 65/10/10/5/5/5 (15) methylene chloride / methyl ethyl acetate / methanol / ethanol = 65/20/1 0/5 (16) two Chloromethane / cyclopentanone / ethanol / butanol = 65/20/1 0/5 modulation Concentration of the cellulose acetate-based solution to 1 billion to 30 mass% as good, 13 to 27% by mass more preferably, 15 to 25 mass% for the best. Cellulose acetate is dissolved in a solvent and adjusted to a predetermined concentration in steps. After preparing a solution with a low concentration (for example, 9 to 14% by mass), it can be concentrated. Furthermore, the solution can be diluted after preparing a solution having a high concentration. By adding additives, the concentration of cellulose acetate can also be reduced. The cellulose acetate solution (dope) is preferably prepared by a cooling dissolution method, a high temperature dissolution method, or a combination thereof. A method for preparing a cellulose acetate solution is described in JP-A-Sho 5 8-1 2 7 7 3 7, same as 6 1-1 0 6 6 2 8 -79-200526730, JP-A 2-2 7 6 8 3 0, the same as 4_2 5 95 1 1, the same as 5- 1 63 3 0 1, the same as 9-95544, the same as 10-45950, the same as 10-95854, the same as 11-7 1463, and the same as 11- Gazettes No. 302388, No. 11-322946, No. 11-322947, No. 11-323017, JP 2000.53784, No. 2000-273184, and No. 2000-273239. A method for preparing a cellulose acetate solution is also described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 20 0 1-1745 (issued on March 15, 2001, Association of Inventions), page 25. In addition, when the heating temperature in the high-temperature dissolution method is above the boiling point of the organic solvent used, heating is performed under pressure. In the step of cooling the mixture of cellulose acetate and the solvent, the cooling temperature is not particularly limited, and is preferably -100 ° C to -10 ° C, and -10 ° C to -30 ° C. More preferably, -100 ° C to -5 (TC is particularly preferred. The cellulose acetate solution is preferably 40 to 40 ° C with a viscosity of 1 to 400 P a · s, and more preferably 10 to 200 Pa · s. The cellulose acetate solution preferably has a dynamic storage elasticity at 15 ° C of 100 Pa or more, and more preferably 500 to 1 million Pa. Moreover, the dynamic storage elasticity at a low temperature is better to a large extent. For example, casting When the temperature of the support of the glue is _5, it is better to have a dynamic storage elasticity of 10,000 to 1 million Pa at -5 ° C. When the temperature of the support is -50 ° C, at -50 ° C The dynamic storage elasticity ratio is preferably 10,000 to 5 million Pa. The viscosity and dynamic storage elasticity ratio are obtained by filling 1 mL of the sample solution into a container with a diameter of 4cm / 2 ° (Steel Cone, TA Instruments), The measurement was performed using a rheometer (CLS500, manufactured by TA Instruments). Measurement conditions

係利用裝置(Oscillation Step/Temperature Ramp)、在 40°C 〜-1 〇 °C的範圍以2 °c /分可變而加以測定。藉此,已求得 200526730 4 0 °C靜的非牛頓黏度(n * (p a · s))及-5 〇C的貯藏彈性率 (G’(Pa))。此外,將試料溶液以予先測定起始溫度保溫至一 定液溫後,開始測定。 乙酸纖維素薄膜可根據習知的溶液流延製膜方法、利 用習知的溶液流延製膜裝置而製造。以溶解機(釜)所調製 的膠漿(乙酸纖維素溶液),係用貯藏釜暫時貯藏,膠漿中 含有的泡係以脫泡作爲最終調製。將膠漿從膠漿排出口, 例如根據回轉數通過高精度定量送液之加壓型定量齒輪泵 送至加壓型模頭,膠漿係在由加壓型模頭的蓋子(縫隙)連 續地行駿的流延部金屬支持體上均勻地流延,金屬支持體 係利用大致一周的剝離點,將生乾的膠漿膜(亦稱爲基材) 從金屬支持體剝離。 所得基材的兩端係以夾鉗夾住,邊保持寬度邊以拉幅 機搬送、乾燥,接著用乾燥裝置的輥群搬送、結束乾燥以 卷取機卷取預定的長度。拉幅機與輥群的乾燥裝置之組合 可視其目的而變化。 作爲鹵化銀照相感光材料的支持體或畫像顯示裝置的 機能性保護膜所使用的乙酸纖維素薄膜中,一般係設置底 層、抗靜電層、防光暈層或保護層。爲了設置各層,在溶 液流延製膜中除了溶液流延製膜裝置,大多爲使用塗布裝 置的場合。溶液流延製膜的各製造步驟(流延(包含共流 延)、乾燥、剝離、延伸)時使用的金屬支持體,係記載於 公開技報2 00 1 - 1 745號(200 1年3月15曰發行、發明協會) 第25〜30頁。The measurement was performed using a device (Oscillation Step / Temperature Ramp) in a range of 40 ° C to -10 ° C at 2 ° c / min. Based on this, the static non-Newtonian viscosity (n * (p a · s)) and storage elasticity (G '(Pa)) of -50 ° C at 200526730 0 ° C have been obtained. In addition, the sample solution was kept at a predetermined liquid temperature to a predetermined liquid temperature, and then the measurement was started. The cellulose acetate film can be produced according to a conventional solution casting film forming method and a conventional solution casting film forming apparatus. The dope (cellulose acetate solution) prepared by the dissolver (cauldron) is temporarily stored in a storage kettle, and the foam contained in the dope is defoamed as a final preparation. The glue is pumped from the glue discharge port, for example, by a pressurized fixed-quantity gear with a high-precision quantitative liquid delivery according to the number of revolutions, and pumped to the pressurized die head. The glue is continuously connected to the lid (gap) of the pressurized die head. Di Xingjun's casting part is uniformly cast on the metal support. The metal support system uses a peeling point of about one week to peel the dried glue film (also known as the substrate) from the metal support. Both ends of the obtained base material were clamped by clamps, conveyed and dried by a tenter while maintaining the width, and then conveyed by a roller group of a drying device to finish drying, and the coiler was wound into a predetermined length. The combination of the tenter and the drying device of the roller group may vary depending on the purpose. Generally, a cellulose acetate film used as a support for a silver halide photographic photosensitive material or a functional protective film for an image display device is generally provided with a base layer, an antistatic layer, a halo prevention layer, or a protective layer. In order to provide each layer, in addition to the solution casting film forming apparatus, a coating apparatus is often used in the solution casting film forming apparatus. The metal support used in each manufacturing step of the solution casting film (casting (including co-casting), drying, peeling, and stretching) is described in Published Technical Bulletin No. 2001-1 745 (200 1 year 3 Issued on the 15th, Invention Association) Pages 25 ~ 30.

溶液流延中的空間溫度係以-5 0 °C至5 0 °C爲佳,-3 0 °C 200526730 至40°C爲更佳’ -2〇°c至3trc爲最佳。低空間溫度下流延 的乙酸纖維素溶液繫於支持體上瞬時冷却,使得凝膠強度 係爲提升。藉此,得到殘存有機溶劑多的薄膜。因此,有 機溶劑不會從乙酸纖維素蒸發,且可從支持體於短時間內 剝取薄膜。冷卻空間的氣體可使用通常的空氣、氮、氬或 者氦。相對濕度係以0至7 0 %爲佳,0至5 0 %爲更佳。 流延乙酸纖維素溶液的支持體(流延部)之溫度,係以 -5 0°C 至 130°C 爲佳,-30°C 至 25°C 爲更佳,-20°C 至 15t:爲 最佳。爲了冷卻流延部,可在流延部導入冷却的氣體。冷 却裝置可配置於流延部以冷卻空間。在冷却中,重要需注 意的是流延部不能有水附著。用氣體冷却時,乾燥氣體係 爲所期望的。 乙酸纖維素溶液可包含各種的液體或固體之添加劑。 添加劑之例係包括可塑劑(較佳添加量係相對於乙酸纖維 素爲〇·1至20質量%,以下相同)、改質劑(0.1至20質量 %)、紫外線吸收劑(0.001至5質量%)、平均粒徑爲5至 3 OOOnm之微粒子粉體(0.001至5質量%)、氟系界面活性劑 (0.001至2質量%)、剝離劑(0.000 1至2質量%)、劣化防止 劑(0.000 1至2質量%)、光學異方向性控制劑(0.1至15質 量%)、紅外線吸收劑(0.1至5質量%)。 又,本發明爲得到任意的遲滯,可使用遲滯調節劑。 遲滯調節劑只要是可變化遲滯者並沒有特別地限定,係以 使用磷酸酯系、三阱系、脂肪族酯系、磺醯胺系爲佳。又 使用分子量爲100以上者爲較佳。 流延步驟可有2種以上的乙酸纖維素溶液同時或逐次 -82- 200526730 共流延。 2種以上的乙酸纖維素溶液亦可組成完全相同。組成 爲不同時,溶劑或添加劑的種類可視溶液而變更。2種以 上的溶液可濃度爲不同。2種以上的溶液可乙酸纖維素的 締合體分子量爲不同。2種以上的溶液可溫度爲不同。2種 以上的溶液或形成的層,其塗布量、黏度、乾燥後的膜厚、 構成成分的分布、物性或者物性的分布可爲不同。關於乙 酸纖維素薄膜的物性(霧度、透過率、分光特性、r e遲滯、 Rth遲滯、分子配向軸、軸偏差、引裂強度、耐折強度、 拉伸強度、卷曲内外Rth差、生柿漆、動摩擦、鹼加水分 解、捲曲値、含水率、殘留溶劑量、熱收縮率、高濕尺寸 評價、透濕度、基底的平面性、尺寸安定性、熱收縮起始 溫度、彈性率、輝點異物、阻抗、面狀、黃色指數、透明 度、Tg、結晶化熱),係記載於公開技報200 1 - 1 745號(200 1 年3月15曰發行、發明協會)第6頁〜7頁及同2001-1745 號(2 00 1年3月15日發行、發明協會)第11頁。 可在乙酸纖維素薄膜進行表面處理。表面處理係一般 爲了改善乙酸纖維素薄膜與各機能層(例如下塗層及襯裡 層)的黏著而實施。表面處理係包括輝光放電處理、紫外線 照射處理、電暈處理、火焰處理、皂化處理(酸皂化處理、 鹼皂化處理)。其中以輝光放電處理及鹼皂化處理爲佳。 輝光放電處理係包含以1(Γ3〜2〇Torr的低壓氣體下所 實施的低溫電漿處理。又,即使大氣壓下的電漿處理,較 佳爲輝光放電處理。電漿勵起性氣體係使用氬、氦、氖、 氪、氙、氮、二氧化碳、佛利昂(例如,四氟甲烷)及此等 -83 - 200526730 之混合物。大氣壓下的電漿處理係較佳在1 〇至1 〇 〇 〇 κ e V、 更佳爲30至500Kev下貫施。照射能量係以20至500Kgy 爲佳,20至3 OOKgy爲更佳。關於輝光放電處理係記載於 公開技報200卜1745號(2001年3月15日發行、發明協會) 第30〜32頁。 鹼皂化處理係於薄膜塗布皂化液,或者藉由將薄膜浸 漬於皂化液而實施。 塗布方法可採用浸漬塗布法、簾式淋塗法、擠壓塗布 法、棒材塗布法或E型塗布法。塗布液的溶劑係期望對薄 膜的濕潤性良好、於薄膜表面不會形成凹凸之面狀良好保 手寸。具體而曰’丨谷劑係以醇爲佳’異丙醇爲特佳。又,水(較 佳爲界面活性劑的水溶液)亦可作爲溶劑使用。鹼係以鹼金 屬的氫氧化物爲佳,KOH及NaOH爲更佳。皂化塗布液的 p Η係以1 0以上爲佳,1 2以上爲更佳。鹼皂化時的反應條 件係於室溫下1秒以上5分以下爲佳,5秒以上5分以下 爲更佳,2 0秒以上3分以下爲最佳。鹼巷化反應後將皂化 液塗布面水洗、或者用酸洗浄後水洗爲佳。 爲改善薄膜與機能層的黏著,可加入表面處理,或者 取代表面處理而設置下塗層(黏著層)。下塗層係記載於公 開技報2 0 0 1 - 1 7 4 5號(2 0 0 1年3月1 5曰發行、發明協會) 第32頁。 乙酸纖維素薄膜中所設置的機能性層,係如公開技報 2 00 1 - 1 745號(2 00 1年3月15日發行、發明協會)第32〜45 頁所記載。 厚度方向的遲滯値値高之乙酸纖維素薄膜、或者將其 -84- 200526730 複數片積層的相位差板、或與其厚度方向的遲滯値爲負之 乙酸纖維素薄膜加以積層之相位差板,可作爲光學補償片 (包含其支持體)或偏光板保護薄膜使用。 上述乙酸纖維素薄膜及相位差板可就這樣作爲光學補 償片使用。又’上述作爲支持體之乙酸纖維素薄膜及相位 差板’亦可於其上設置光學異方向性層(例如由液晶性分子 所形成之層),以製造光學補償片。 偏光板係由偏光膜與保護其兩面之二片偏光板保護薄 膜所構成。乙酸纖維素薄膜或相位差板係可至少一方作爲 φ 偏光板保護薄膜使用。 作爲偏光板保護薄膜使用的場合中,乙酸纖維素薄膜 係期望經鹼皂化處理。使用將聚乙烯醇薄膜浸漬於碘溶液 中延伸的偏光膜時,可利用接著劑在偏光膜的兩面貼合乙 酸纖維素薄膜的鹼皂化處理面。接著劑可使用聚乙烯醇或 聚乙酸乙烯酯(例如,聚乙烯醇縮丁醛)的水溶液、或乙烯 系聚合物(例如,聚丙烯酸丁酯)的乳膠。特佳的接著劑係 爲完全皂化聚乙烯醇的水溶液。 φ 可實施鹼皂化處理以外的表面處理(記載於特開平 6-94915號、同6-118232號的各公報)。 偏光板製造後、使用前,可在偏光板的一方面貼合外 部保護薄膜、在相對面上貼合分離薄膜。外部保護薄膜及 分離薄膜係在偏光板的出貨或製品檢査中保護偏光板之目 的而使用。外部保護薄膜係將偏光板貼合至液晶晶胞之面 的相對面側而使用。分離薄膜係保護將偏光板貼合至液晶 晶胞的黏著層之目的而使用。一般的液晶顯示裝置係在二 -85- 200526730 片偏光板之間設置液晶晶胞,一般的液晶晶胞係在二片基 板之間注入液晶。因此,通常的液晶顯示裝置係具有四片 的偏光板保護薄膜。依照本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜,可使 用四片偏光板保護薄膜中任一者。但是,特佳係使用在液 晶顯示裝置中的偏光子與液晶層之間所配置的塑料薄膜。 [液晶顯示裝置] 乙酸纖維素薄膜作爲光學補償薄膜使用時,由偏光元 件的透過軸、與乙酸纖維素薄膜所構成的光學補償薄膜之 遲相軸可以任何角度配置。液晶顯示裝置係具有在二片電 極基板之間載有液晶所成的液晶晶胞,於其兩側配置的二 片偏光元件、及在該液晶晶胞與該偏光元件之間配置至少 一片光學補償薄膜之構成。 液晶晶胞的液晶層通常係在二片基板之間插入隔離物 所形成空間中’封入液晶而形成。透明電極層係在含導電 性物質之透明膜的基板上而形成。液晶晶胞中可進一步設 置氣體障壁層、硬塗層或者(用於黏著透明電極層)底漆層 (下塗層)。此等之層通常係設置於基板上。液晶晶胞基板 一般係具有50/im〜2mm的厚度。 (液晶顯示裝置的種類) 根據本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜、及使用其之相位差 板、光學補償片及偏光板,可使用於各樣顯示模式的液晶 顯示裝置。顯示模式係包括 TN(扭轉向歹[J ,Twisted Nematic)、IPS(面內轉換,In-Plane Switching)、FLC(強介 電體液晶,Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、AFLC(抗強介電 體液晶,Anti-ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、0CB(光學補 200526730 償帶,Optically Compensatory Bend)、STN(超扭轉向歹ij, Super Twisted Nematic)、VA(垂直配向,Vertically Aligned)、ECB(電性控制雙折射率,Electrically Controlled Birefringence)、及 HAN(混合式配向向歹ij,Hybrid Aligned Nematic)、ASM(軸向對稱配向微晶胞,Axially Symmetric Aligned Microcell)。又,上述顯示模式亦包含配向比例的 顯示模式。液晶顯示裝置可爲透過型、反射型及半透過型 中任一者。 (TN型液晶顯示裝置) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜可作爲具有TN模式液晶晶 胞的TN型液晶顯示裝置之光學補償片支持體使用。關於 TN模式的液晶晶胞與TN型液晶顯示裝置係已知自古以來 爲好的。使用於TN型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償片,係如 特開平3 - 93 2 5號、特開平6- 1 48429號、特開平8- 5 0206 號、特開平9-26572號的各公報所記載。又,在莫里(Mori) 其他的論文(Jpn. J· Appl· Phys.第 36 卷( 1 9 9 7)第 143 頁 或、Jpn. J. Appl. Phys·第 36 卷( 1 997)第 1 06 8 頁)有所記 載。 (STN型液晶顯示裝置) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜可作爲具有STN模式液晶晶 胞的S TN型液晶顯示裝置之光學補償片支持體使用。一般 的STN型液晶顯示裝置,係在液晶晶胞中的棒狀液晶性分 子爲90〜3 60度的範圍被彎曲,棒狀液晶性分子的折射率異 方向性(Δη)與晶胞間隙(d)之積(And)爲3 00〜1 5 00nm的範 圍。使用於S TN型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償片係記載於特 200526730 開 2000 - 1 05 3 1 6 號公報。 (VA型液晶顯示裝置) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜用於作爲具有VA模式液晶 晶胞之VA型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償片支持體係特別有 利。用於VA型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償片之Re遲滯値爲 0至150nm、Rth遲滯値爲70至400nm爲佳。以遲滞値係 更佳爲20至70nm。在VA型液晶顯示裝置使用二片光學異 方向性聚合物薄膜時,薄膜的Rth遲滯値係以70至25 Onm 爲佳。在VA型液晶顯示裝置中使用一片光學的異方向性 鲁 聚合物薄膜時,薄膜的Rth遲滯値係以15〇至400nm爲佳。 V A型液晶顯示裝置爲例如特開平! 〇 _丨2 3 5 7 6號公報中記載 的配向比例方式也沒關係。 (IPS型液晶顯示裝置及ECB型液晶顯示裝置) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜即使用於作爲具有IP S模式 及ECB模式液晶晶胞的IPS型液晶顯示裝置及ECB型液晶 顯示裝置的光學補償片支持體、或偏光板的保護膜亦特別 有利。此等之模式爲黑顯示時液晶材料略爲平行配向的態 | 樣’於電壓無施加狀態下液晶分子相對於基板面爲平行配 向且黑顯示。此等態樣中的本發明乙酸纖維素薄膜所使用 的偏光板有助於色味改善、視野角擴大、控制的良化。該 態樣中,於液晶晶胞上下偏光板保護膜之中,在液晶晶胞 與偏光板之間所配置的保護膜(晶胞側的保護膜)中,係至 少單側一方利用本發明乙酸纖維素薄膜所使用的偏光板爲 佳。更佳係在偏光板之保護膜與液晶晶胞之間配置光學異 方向性層’配置的光學異方向性層之遲滯値,設定爲液晶 -88- 200526730 層Δη · d之値的2倍以下爲佳。 (OCB型液晶顯示裝置及HAN型液晶顯示裝置) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜用於作爲具有Ο C B模式液晶 晶胞之OCB型液晶顯示裝置或者具有HAN模式液晶晶胞 之HAN型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償片支持體亦爲有利。用 於OCB型液晶顯示裝置或者HAN型液晶顯示裝置之光學 補償片,遲滯絕對値爲最小的方向不論是在光學補償片的 面内還是法線方向均不存在爲佳。0 C B型液晶顯示裝置或 者HAN型液晶顯示裝置所使用的光學補償片光學的性質, 亦根據光學異方向性層之光學性質、支持體的光學性質及 光學異方向性層與支持體之配置而決定。〇 C B型液晶顯示 裝置或者HAN型液晶顯示裝置中所使用的光學補償片係於 特開平9- 1 9 73 97號公報有所記載。又,莫里(Mori)其他的 論文(Jpn· J· Appl. Phys.第 38 卷(1999)第 2837 頁)中亦有 所記載。 (反射型液晶顯示裝置) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜用於作爲TN型、STN型、 HAN型、GH(賓主,Guest-Host)型的反射型液晶顯示裝置 之光學補償片亦爲有利。此等之顯示模式係已知自古以來 爲良好的。TN型反射型液晶顯示裝置係於特開平 1 0- 1 2 3 47 8號、WO9 84 8 3 2 0號、專利第3022477號的各公 報中有所記載。反射型液晶顯示裝置中所使用的光學補償 片係於WOOO-65384號中有所記載。 (其他的液晶顯示裝置) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜係用於作爲具有ASM(軸向 200526730 對稱配向微晶胞,A x i a 11 y S y m m e 11· i c A 1 i g n e d M i c r o c e 11)模 式液晶晶胞之 A S M型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償片支持體 亦爲有利。ASM模式的液晶晶胞係具有晶胞的厚度藉由可 位置調整的樹脂隔離物而維持的特徴。其他的性質係與TN 模式的液晶晶胞相同。ASM模式的液晶晶胞與ASM型液晶 顯示裝置係於庫梅(Kume)其他的論文(Kume et al., SID 98 Digest 1 0 8 9 ( 1 99 8))中有所記載。 (硬塗薄膜、防眩薄膜、抗反射薄膜) 本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜又較佳可適用於實施硬塗薄 膜、防眩薄膜、抗反射薄膜。其目的爲提升LCD、PDP、 CRT、EL等的平板顯示器的視認性的話,在本發明的乙酸 纖維素薄膜的單面或兩面上可賦予硬塗層、防眩層、抗反 射層中任一層。此等防眩薄膜作爲抗反射薄膜所期望的實 施態樣’係於發明協會公開技報(公技號碼2001-1745、2001 年3月1 5日發行、發明協會)第5 4〜5 7頁中有詳細記載, 較佳可使用本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜。 【實施方式】 【實施例】 [實施例1 ] (乙酸纖維素溶液的調製) 利用取代度爲2 · 8 7的乙酸纖維素粉體。乙酸纖維素的 黏度平均聚合度爲280、6位的醯化取代度爲0.92、丙酮抽 出分爲7質量%、質量平均分子量/數量平均分子量比爲 2.3、玻璃轉移溫度(1^)爲160°C、含水率爲0.2質量%、二 氯甲烷6質量%溶液的黏度爲3 05 mPa · s、殘存乙酸量爲〇. i 200526730 質量%以下、Ca含量爲65ppm、Mg含量爲26ppm、鐵含量 爲0.8ppm、硫酸離子含量爲18ppm、黃色指數爲1.9、游 離乙酸量爲47ppm。粉體的平均粒子徑爲1.5mm、粒子徑 的標準偏差爲0.5 m m。 在具有攪拌翼、外周爲冷却水循環的400升不銹鋼製 溶解儲槽中,投入二氯甲烷(主溶劑)80.0質量份、甲醇(第 2溶劑)1〇.〇質量份、丁醇(第3溶劑)5.0質量份。此外,各 溶劑的含水率係各別爲0.2質量%以下。邊將混合溶劑常常 攪拌、邊把乙酸纖維素粉體20質量份緩慢地加入,進料至 全體爲200kg 。 將乙酸纖維素粉體投入至分散儲槽後,儲槽内減壓至 1 3 00Pa。攪拌係使用以 15m/sec(剪斷應力 5xl04kgf/m/sec2) 之周速攪拌的高速分散機類型之偏芯攪拌軸、及在中心軸 具有錨翼以周速lm/sec(剪斷應力lxl04kgf/m/SeC2)攪拌的 攪拌軸,實施3 0分鐘。攪拌的起始溫度爲2 51,將冷却 水邊流動邊攬拌,最終到達溫度爲3 5 °C。之後,停止高速 攪拌軸、具有錨翼的攪拌軸周速爲0.5m/sec,且然後攪拌 1 00分鐘,以膨潤乙酸纖維素粉體(小薄片)。至膨潤終了以 氮氣加壓儲槽内至〇.12MPa。爲了防爆,儲槽内的氧濃度 係低於2 v ο 1 %。膠漿中的水分量係確認爲0.2質量%以下。 所得不均勻的凝膠狀物質係以於3 0 °C加溫的螺旋泵送 液至軸中心部,通過由其螺旋外周部於-7 5 °C冷卻3分鐘所 成的冷却部分。冷却係使用以冷凍機冷却· 8 0 °C的冷媒而實 施。經冷却所得之溶液,係以螺旋泵於送液中加溫至3 5 °C, 且移送至不銹鋼製的容器內。在5 0 °C攪拌2小時成均勻溶 200526730 液後,用絕對過濾精度0.01 mm的濾紙(#63、東洋濾紙(股) 製)過濾,且然後以絕對過濾精度2.5 μ m的濾紙(F Η 0 2 5、P a u 1 社製)過濾。所得乙酸纖維素溶液係以送液管的加溫加壓部 於110°C、IMPa下加溫加壓,在常壓(約O.IMpa)放出,揮 發有機溶劑的同時冷却,以得到溫度40 °C、乙酸纖維素濃 度24.0質量%的溶液。溶液的黏度(40°C )爲120Pa· s、動貯 藏彈性率(15°C)爲3 8 00Pa、動貯藏彈性率(-5°C)爲3.5萬 P a、動貯藏彈性率(-5 (TC )爲2 4萬P a。又,締合體聚合度 爲280萬〜3 20萬。 (乙酸纖維素薄膜的製作) 過濾的5 0 °C乙酸纖維素溶液,通過流延成型機(如特開 平1 1 -3 1 423 3號公報所記載)於直徑3m的滾筒之鏡面不銹 鋼支持體上流延。支持體的溫度係設定於-5 °C。流延速度 爲75m/分、塗布寬爲200cm。流延部全體的空間溫度係設 定爲1 5 °C。然後,把由流延部5 Ocm前流延回轉的乙酸纖 維素薄膜從滾筒剝取下來,將兩端以針板拉幅機夾住。以 針板拉幅機保持的乙酸纖維素薄膜,搬送至乾燥區域。開 始的乾燥係送風4 5 t的乾燥風。接著係以1 1 〇。(: 5分、然 後於1 4 5 °C (薄膜溫度爲約1 4 0 °C ) 1 0分進行乾燥,以得到膜 厚8 0/xm的乙酸纖維素薄膜。 所得試料係以3cm裁斷兩端,且然後從端高2〜10mm 的部分實施1 〇 〇 /xm的滾花,捲曲成輥狀。 用前述的方法測定乙酸纖維素薄膜之厚度方向的遲滯 (Rth)値。 薄膜面狀係藉由目視加以確認,且以下述的4段階進 -92- 200526730 行評價。 A :薄膜上看不到橫段斑或起顆粒。 B :薄膜上漸漸看到橫段斑或起顆粒。 C :薄膜表面上有凹凸,亦看到成分的滲出。 D :薄膜表面的凹凸明顯,成分的滲出亦爲顯著,係爲 不適於作爲光學薄膜使用者。 其結果係如第1表所示。 將乙酸纖維素薄膜以25 °C 50 % RH調濕24小時後,於 正庚院/四氯化碳系的密度勾配管中,測定2 5。(:的密度。 其結果係如第1表所示。 (乙酸纖維素薄膜的皂化) 在異丙醇8 0質量份中加入水2 0質量份,在其中溶解 如1 · 5規定的氫氧化鉀。所得溶液於6 0 °C下調溫,作爲皇 化液使用。 在60°C的乙酸纖維素薄膜上,以10g/m2塗布皂化液, 經1分鐘皂化。之後,用噴霧器將5 0 °C的溫水吹乾1分鐘 1 0 L / (m2 ·分)直到洗浄。 (偏光板的製作) 將平均聚合度4 0 0 0、皂化度9 9.8 %的聚乙烯醇溶解於 水中,以得到4.0質量%的水溶液。水溶液係利用拔梢的模 頭進行帶式流延乾燥,以延伸前寬爲1 1 Omm、製膜厚度左 端爲120μιη、右端爲135/xm。 將所得薄膜從帶上剝取,以乾燥狀態從45度方向斜向 延伸。然後將其於碘〇.5g/L、碘化鉀50g/L的水溶液中以 3〇°C浸漬1分鐘,接著在硼酸100g/L、碘化鉀60g/L的水 200526730 溶液中以7 0 °C浸漬5分鐘。再者,裝入水洗槽,以2 (TC經 1 0秒間水洗後,以8 0 °C乾燥5分鐘以製作偏光膜。偏光膜 係寬660mm、厚度亦爲20/xm左右。 偏光膜與經皂化處理的乙酸纖維素薄膜,係以聚乙烯 醇(PVA-11 7H、克拉瑞(股)製)的3質量%水溶液作爲接著劑 進行貼合,且然後於6 0 °C下加熱3 0分鐘以製作偏光板。 製作的偏光板係用於特開平1 1 - 3 0 5 2 1 7號公報實施例 1中記載之IP S型液晶顯示裝置,以判定是否有視認上的 障礙。顯示畫像的視認性係以下述的4段階加以評價。 A :即使在視角增大、斜見顯示裝置的情形下,不會發 生白黑畫像的反轉、或者顯示畫像的階調或者著色,對比 亦非常高,視認性係爲非常優異者。 B :即使在視角增大、斜見顯示裝置的情形下,大體上 不會發生白黑畫像的反轉、或者顯示畫像的階調或者著 色,對比高,視認性優異者。 C :在視角增大、斜見顯示裝置的情形下,發現白黑畫 像的反轉、或者顯示畫像的階調或者著色的發生,對比低, 視認性爲惡劣者。 D :在視角增大、斜見顯示裝置的情形下,發現顯著的 白黑畫像反轉、或者顯示畫像的階調或者著色的發生,對 比低,視認性係非常惡劣者。 其結果係如第1表所示。 [實施例2] 在具有攪拌翼、外周爲冷却水循環的400升不銹鋼製 溶解儲槽中,投入二氯甲烷(主溶劑)80.0質量份、甲醇(第 200526730 a " 2溶劑)10.0質量份、丁醇(第3溶劑)5.0質量份、三羥甲基 .. 丙烷乙酸酯2,4-二辛酸酯(可塑劑A)1.6質量份、2,6-二-第 三丁基-4-甲酚(劣化防止劑A)、2,4-雙-(n-辛硫基)-6-(4-羥 基· 3 , 5 -二-第三丁基苯胺基)-1,3,5 -三阱(紫外線吸收劑 A)0.2質量份、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-第三丁基苯基)-5-氯苯 并三唑(紫外線吸收劑Β)0·2質量份、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-第三戊基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑(紫外線吸收劑 C)0.2質量 份、粒徑20nm的二氧化矽微粒子(莫氏硬度約7)0.05質量 份、檸檬酸乙基酯(單酯與二酯的混合比=1:1)0.04質量份。 φ 此外,各溶劑的含水率係各爲0.2質量%以下。將混合溶劑 邊攪拌、邊緩慢地添加實施例1使用的乙酸纖維素粉體20 質量份,進料至全體爲2 0 0kg。 之後,係與實施例1同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜既行 評價。 其結果係如弟1表所不。 [實施例3] ' 除了將三羥甲基丙烷乙酸酯2,4-二辛酸酯(可塑劑 φ A) 2·4質量份變更爲三羥甲基丙烷二乙酸酯辛酸酯(可塑劑 B) 2.4質量份以外,與實施例2同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜 以進行評價。 其結果係如第1表所示。 [實施例4 ] 除了乙酸纖維素爲使用取代度2.87、黏度平均聚合度 3 00、6位的醯化取代度爲〇·92的乙酸纖維素以外,與實施 例1同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜以進行評價。 -95 - 200526730 其結果係如第1表所示。 [實施例5] 除了乙酸纖維素爲使用取代度2 · 8 7、黏度平均聚合度 3 0 0、6位的醯化取代度爲0.92的乙酸纖維素以外,與實施 例2同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜以進行評價。 其結果係如第1表所示。 [實施例6] 除了乙酸纖維素爲使用取代度2.87、黏度平均聚合度 3 0 0、6位的醯化取代度爲〇 . 9 2的乙酸纖維素以外,與實施 例3同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜以進行評價。 其結果係如第1表所示。 [比較例1 ] 除了將溶劑變更爲乙酸甲酯62.2質量份、丙酮6.5質 量份、乙醇5 · 7質量份、丁醇6 · 5質量份以外,與實施例1 同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜時,乙酸纖維素係不溶解於溶 劑中,因而無法製造薄膜。 [比較例2 ] 除了將溶劑變更爲乙酸甲酯62.2質量份、丙酮6.5質 量份、乙醇5 · 7質量份、丁醇6 · 5質量份以外,與實施例2 同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜時,乙酸纖維素係不溶解於溶 劑中,因而無法製造薄膜。 [比較例3 ] 除了將溶劑變更爲乙酸甲酯62.2質量份、丙酮6·5質 量份、乙醇5 · 7質量份、丁醇6 · 5質量份以外,與實施例3 同樣地製造乙酸纖維素薄膜時,乙酸纖維素係不溶解於溶 -96- 200526730 劑中,因而無法製造薄膜。 [比較例4 ] 除了乙酸纖維素爲使用取代度2 · 7 5、聚合度3丨〇、6 位之取代度0.8 4的乙酸纖維素以外,與實施例1同樣地製 造乙酸纖維素薄膜以進行評價。 其結果係如第1表所示。 [比較例5 ] 除了乙酸纖維素爲使用取代度2.75、聚合度310、6 位之取代度0 · 8 4的乙酸纖維素以外,與實施例2同樣地製 造乙酸纖維素薄膜以進行評價。 其結果係如第1表所示。 [比較例6] 除了乙酸纖維素爲使用取代度2.7 5、聚合度3 1 0、6 位之取代度〇 · 8 4的乙酸纖維素以外,與實施例3同樣地製 造乙酸纖維素薄膜以進行評價。 其結果係如第1表所不。The space temperature in solution casting is preferably -50 ° C to 50 ° C, and -30 ° C 200526730 to 40 ° C is more preferred '-20 ° c to 3 trc is the best. The cellulose acetate solution cast at a low space temperature is instantaneously cooled on the support, so that the gel strength is improved. Thereby, a thin film with a large amount of residual organic solvents was obtained. Therefore, the organic solvent does not evaporate from the cellulose acetate, and the film can be peeled from the support in a short time. As the gas for cooling the space, ordinary air, nitrogen, argon, or helium can be used. The relative humidity is preferably 0 to 70%, and more preferably 0 to 50%. The temperature of the support (casting part) for casting cellulose acetate solution is preferably -50 ° C to 130 ° C, more preferably -30 ° C to 25 ° C, and -20 ° C to 15t: For the best. In order to cool the casting section, a cooled gas may be introduced into the casting section. The cooling device may be disposed in the casting portion to cool the space. In cooling, it is important to note that no water can adhere to the casting part. When cooling with gas, a dry gas system is desirable. The cellulose acetate solution may contain various liquid or solid additives. Examples of the additives include plasticizers (preferably the amount of addition is 0.1 to 20% by mass relative to cellulose acetate, the same applies hereinafter), modifiers (0.1 to 20% by mass), ultraviolet absorbers (0.001 to 5% by mass) %), Fine particles with an average particle diameter of 5 to 3,000 nm (0.001 to 5 mass%), fluorine-based surfactants (0.001 to 2 mass%), release agents (0.000 1 to 2 mass%), deterioration preventing agents (0.000 1 to 2% by mass), an optical anisotropy control agent (0.1 to 15% by mass), and an infrared absorber (0.1 to 5% by mass). In addition, in the present invention, a hysteresis modifier can be used in order to obtain an arbitrary hysteresis. The retardation modifier is not particularly limited as long as it is a variable retarder, and it is preferable to use a phosphate ester system, a triple well system, an aliphatic ester system, or a sulfonamide system. A molecular weight of 100 or more is preferably used. In the casting step, two or more cellulose acetate solutions may be co-casted simultaneously or successively. Two or more cellulose acetate solutions may have exactly the same composition. When the composition is different, the type of solvent or additive can be changed depending on the solution. The concentration of two or more solutions can be different. Two or more kinds of solutions may have different molecular weights of the aggregates of cellulose acetate. Two or more solutions may have different temperatures. The coating amount, viscosity, film thickness after drying, distribution of constituent components, physical properties, or physical property distribution of two or more kinds of solutions or formed layers may be different. About the physical properties of cellulose acetate film (haze, transmittance, spectral characteristics, re hysteresis, Rth hysteresis, molecular alignment axis, axis deviation, cracking strength, flexural strength, tensile strength, poor Rth inside and outside curl, raw persimmon paint, Dynamic friction, alkaline hydrolysis, curling, moisture content, residual solvent content, thermal shrinkage, high humidity size evaluation, moisture permeability, flatness of the substrate, dimensional stability, thermal shrinkage onset temperature, elasticity, bright point foreign matter, Impedance, planarity, yellowness index, transparency, Tg, heat of crystallization) are described in Public Technical Bulletin 200 1-1 745 (issued on March 15, 2001, Association of Inventions), pages 6 to 7 and the same 2001-1745 (issued March 15, 2001, Association of Inventions) p. 11. Surface treatment can be performed on cellulose acetate film. The surface treatment is generally performed in order to improve the adhesion of the cellulose acetate film to various functional layers (such as an undercoat layer and a backing layer). The surface treatment system includes a glow discharge treatment, an ultraviolet irradiation treatment, a corona treatment, a flame treatment, and a saponification treatment (acid saponification treatment, alkali saponification treatment). Among them, glow discharge treatment and alkali saponification treatment are preferred. The glow discharge treatment system includes a low-temperature plasma treatment performed under a low-pressure gas of 1 (Γ3 to 20 Torr. In addition, even if the plasma treatment is at atmospheric pressure, a glow discharge treatment is preferred. Plasma excitation gas system is used Argon, helium, neon, krypton, xenon, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, Freon (e.g., tetrafluoromethane) and mixtures of these -83-200526730. Plasma treatment at atmospheric pressure is preferably between 10 and 100. 〇κ e V, more preferably from 30 to 500 Kev. The irradiation energy is preferably from 20 to 500 Kgy, and more preferably from 20 to 3 OOKgy. The glow discharge treatment system is described in Public Technical Paper No. 200 1745 (2001 Issued on March 15, Association of Inventions) Pages 30 to 32. Alkali saponification is performed by applying a saponification solution to a film, or by dipping the film in a saponification solution. The coating method can be a dip coating method or a curtain coating method. , Extrusion coating method, bar coating method, or E-type coating method. The solvent of the coating solution is expected to have good wettability to the film, and a surface shape that does not form irregularities on the surface of the film. The agent is preferably an alcohol. Especially good. Also, water (preferably an aqueous solution of a surfactant) can also be used as a solvent. The alkali type is preferably an alkali metal hydroxide, and KOH and NaOH are more preferred. 0 or more is preferable, and 12 or more is more preferable. The reaction conditions at the time of alkali saponification are preferably 1 second or more and 5 minutes or less, more preferably 5 seconds or more and 5 minutes or less, and 20 seconds or more and 3 minutes or less. The best. It is better to wash the surface of the saponified solution after alkaline reaction or wash with acid. To improve the adhesion between the film and the functional layer, surface treatment can be added, or an undercoat layer (adhesive layer) can be provided instead of the surface treatment. ). The undercoating is described in Public Technical Bulletin Nos. 2001-1 7 4 5 (issued on March 15, 2001, Japan Association of Inventions) page 32. Functions provided in cellulose acetate film The property layer is described in Public Technical Bulletin No. 2001-1745 (issued on March 15, 2001, Association of Inventions), pages 32 to 45. Cellulose acetate film with high retardation in the thickness direction, Or, the retardation plate of -84- 200526730 multiple laminated layers, or the hysteresis of its thickness direction is negative The cellulose acetate film laminated phase retardation plate can be used as an optical compensation sheet (including its support) or a polarizing plate protective film. The above cellulose acetate film and retardation plate can be used as optical compensation sheets in this way. The above-mentioned cellulose acetate film and retardation plate as a support can also be provided thereon with an optically anisotropic layer (such as a layer formed by liquid crystal molecules) to manufacture an optical compensation sheet. A polarizing plate is composed of a polarizing film and It consists of two polarizing plate protective films that protect both sides. At least one of the cellulose acetate film or retardation film can be used as a φ polarizing plate protective film. When used as a polarizing plate protective film, the cellulose acetate film is desirably subjected to an alkali saponification treatment. When using a polarizing film in which a polyvinyl alcohol film is dipped in an iodine solution, an alkali-saponified surface of a cellulose acetate film can be bonded to both sides of the polarizing film with an adhesive. As the adhesive, an aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol or polyvinyl acetate (for example, polyvinyl butyral) or a latex of a vinyl polymer (for example, polybutyl acrylate) can be used. A particularly preferred adhesive is an aqueous solution of fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol. φ It is possible to perform surface treatment other than alkali saponification (described in JP 6-94915 and the same publications as 6-118232). After the polarizing plate is manufactured and before use, an external protective film can be attached to one side of the polarizing plate and a separation film can be attached to the opposite surface. The external protective film and the separation film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate during shipment of the polarizing plate or product inspection. The external protective film is used by bonding a polarizing plate to an opposite surface side of a surface of a liquid crystal cell. The separation film is used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate and the adhesive layer of the liquid crystal cell. A general liquid crystal display device is provided with a liquid crystal cell between two -85-200526730 polarizing plates, and a general liquid crystal cell is injected with liquid crystal between two substrates. Therefore, a typical liquid crystal display device has four polarizing plate protective films. According to the cellulose acetate film of the present invention, any of four polarizing plate protective films can be used. However, it is particularly preferable to use a plastic film disposed between a polarizer and a liquid crystal layer in a liquid crystal display device. [Liquid crystal display device] When the cellulose acetate film is used as an optical compensation film, the retardation axis of the optical compensation film composed of the polarization axis of the polarizing element and the cellulose acetate film can be arranged at any angle. A liquid crystal display device has a liquid crystal cell formed by carrying liquid crystal between two electrode substrates, two polarizing elements disposed on both sides thereof, and at least one optical compensation disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing element. The composition of the film. The liquid crystal layer of a liquid crystal cell is usually formed by inserting a spacer in a space formed by two substrates, and sealing the liquid crystal. The transparent electrode layer is formed on a substrate containing a transparent film of a conductive substance. The liquid crystal cell may further be provided with a gas barrier layer, a hard coat layer, or (for adhering a transparent electrode layer) a primer layer (undercoat layer). These layers are usually provided on a substrate. The liquid crystal cell substrate generally has a thickness of 50 / im to 2 mm. (Types of liquid crystal display device) The cellulose acetate film according to the present invention, and the retardation plate, optical compensation sheet, and polarizing plate using the cellulose acetate film can be used in liquid crystal display devices of various display modes. Display modes include TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), AFLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal Resistant, Anti-ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), 0CB (Optically Compensatory Bend), STN (Super Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertically Aligned), ECB (electrically controlled birefringence) , Electrically Controlled Birefringence), and HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic), ASM (Axially Symmetric Aligned Microcell). The above-mentioned display modes also include an alignment ratio display mode. The liquid crystal display device may be any of a transmissive type, a reflective type, and a transflective type. (TN type liquid crystal display device) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention can be used as an optical compensation sheet support for a TN type liquid crystal display device having a TN mode liquid crystal cell. Regarding the TN mode liquid crystal cell and the TN type liquid crystal display device, they have been known since ancient times. Optical compensation sheets used in TN-type liquid crystal display devices are described in various publications such as JP-A-Hei 3-93 2 5, JP-A Hei 6- 1 48429, JP-A Hei 8- 5 0206, and JP-A Hei 9-26572. . Also, in other papers by Mori (Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Vol. 36 (1 9 7) p. 143 or Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Vol. 36 (1 997) p. 1 06 8 pages). (STN type liquid crystal display device) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention can be used as an optical compensation sheet support for an S TN type liquid crystal display device having a STN mode liquid crystal cell. In general STN type liquid crystal display devices, the rod-shaped liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal cell are bent in a range of 90 to 60 degrees. The refractive index anisotropy (Δη) of the rod-shaped liquid crystal molecules and the cell gap ( The product of d) (And) is in the range of 3 00 to 1 500 nm. The optical compensation sheet used in the S TN type liquid crystal display device is described in Japanese Patent Application No. 200526730, 2000-1 05 3 16. (VA-type liquid crystal display device) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention is particularly useful as an optical compensation sheet support system for a VA-type liquid crystal display device having a VA-mode liquid crystal cell. It is preferable that the Re hysteresis of the optical compensation sheet used for the VA type liquid crystal display device is 0 to 150 nm and the Rth hysteresis is 70 to 400 nm. In the case of hysteresis, it is more preferably 20 to 70 nm. When the VA-type liquid crystal display device uses two optically anisotropic polymer films, the Rth retardation of the film is preferably 70 to 25 Onm. When an optically anisotropic polymer film is used in a VA-type liquid crystal display device, the Rth retardation ratio of the film is preferably 15 to 400 nm. The V A type liquid crystal display device is, for example, JP-A! 〇 _ 丨 2 3 5 7 6 does not matter. (IPS-type liquid crystal display device and ECB-type liquid crystal display device) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention is used as an optical compensation sheet for an IPS-type liquid crystal display device and an ECB-type liquid crystal display device having an IP S mode and ECB mode liquid crystal cell A support or a protective film of a polarizing plate is also particularly advantageous. These modes are in a state where the liquid crystal material is slightly parallel aligned when displaying in black | like 'in a state where no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned in parallel with respect to the substrate surface and displaying in black. The polarizing plate used in the cellulose acetate film of the present invention in these aspects contributes to improvement of color and taste, enlargement of viewing angle, and improvement of control. In this aspect, among the protective films on the upper and lower polarizers of the liquid crystal cell, the protective film (the protective film on the cell side) disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer uses at least one side of the acetic acid of the present invention The polarizing plate used for a cellulose film is preferable. More preferably, the hysteresis of the optically anisotropic layer disposed with the optically anisotropic layer disposed between the protective film of the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal cell is set to be less than twice the Δη · d of the liquid crystal-88- 200526730 layer. Better. (OCB type liquid crystal display device and HAN type liquid crystal display device) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention is used as an OCB type liquid crystal display device having a 0 CB mode liquid crystal cell or a HAN type liquid crystal display device having a HAN mode liquid crystal cell. An optical compensation sheet support is also advantageous. For an optical compensation sheet used in an OCB-type liquid crystal display device or a HAN-type liquid crystal display device, it is preferable that the direction in which the absolute hysteresis is minimized does not exist in the plane of the optical compensation sheet or in the normal direction. 0 The optical properties of the optical compensation sheet used in the CB type liquid crystal display device or the HAN type liquid crystal display device are also based on the optical properties of the optically anisotropic layer, the optical properties of the support, and the configuration of the optically anisotropic layer and the support. Decide. The optical compensation sheet used in the C B type liquid crystal display device or the HAN type liquid crystal display device is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9- 1 9 73 97. It is also described in other papers by Mori (Jpn · J · Appl. Phys. Vol. 38 (1999) p. 2837). (Reflective Liquid Crystal Display Device) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention is also useful as an optical compensation sheet for reflective liquid crystal display devices of the TN type, STN type, HAN type, and GH (Guest-Host) type. These display modes have been known to be good since ancient times. TN-type reflective liquid crystal display devices are described in various publications of JP-A-Hei 10-1,2 3 47 8; WO 9 84 8 320; and Patent No. 3022477. An optical compensation sheet used in a reflective liquid crystal display device is described in WOOO-65384. (Other liquid crystal display devices) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention is used as a liquid crystal cell having an ASM (axial 200526730 symmetrically aligned microcell, Axia 11 y Symme 11.ic A 1 igned M icroce 11) mode. The optical compensation sheet support of the ASM type liquid crystal display device is also advantageous. The liquid crystal cell system of the ASM mode has a characteristic that the thickness of the cell is maintained by a position-adjustable resin spacer. Other properties are the same as those of the TN mode liquid crystal cell. The liquid crystal cell of the ASM mode and the ASM type liquid crystal display device are described in other papers of Kume (Kume et al., SID 98 Digest 1 0 8 (1 99 8)). (Hard-coated film, anti-glare film, anti-reflective film) The cellulose acetate film of the present invention is preferably applicable to hard-coated film, anti-glare film, and anti-reflective film. The purpose is to improve the visibility of flat panel displays such as LCDs, PDPs, CRTs, and ELs. On the one or both sides of the cellulose acetate film of the present invention, a hard coat layer, an anti-glare layer, or an anti-reflection layer can be provided. . The desired implementation of such anti-glare films as anti-reflective films is described in the Public Technical Bulletin of the Invention Association (public technical number 2001-1745, issued on March 15, 2001, Association of Inventions), pages 5 4 to 5 7 It is described in detail that the cellulose acetate film of the present invention can be preferably used. [Embodiment] [Example] [Example 1] (Preparation of cellulose acetate solution) A cellulose acetate powder having a degree of substitution of 2. 8 7 was used. Cellulose acetate has a viscosity average polymerization degree of 280, 6-position tritiated substitution degree of 0.92, acetone extraction is divided into 7% by mass, mass average molecular weight / number average molecular weight ratio is 2.3, and glass transition temperature (1 ^) is 160 ° C. Moisture content is 0.2% by mass, the viscosity of the 6% by mass solution of dichloromethane is 3 05 mPa · s, the amount of residual acetic acid is 0.1200526730% by mass or less, the Ca content is 65ppm, the Mg content is 26ppm, and the iron content is 0.8 ppm, sulfate ion content was 18 ppm, yellow index was 1.9, and free acetic acid amount was 47 ppm. The average particle diameter of the powder was 1.5 mm, and the standard deviation of the particle diameter was 0.5 mm. In a 400 liter stainless steel dissolving storage tank having a stirring blade and a cooling water cycle, 80.0 parts by mass of methylene chloride (main solvent), 10.0 parts by mass of methanol (second solvent), and butanol (third solvent) were charged. ) 5.0 parts by mass. The water content of each solvent is 0.2% by mass or less. While stirring the mixed solvent, 20 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate powder was slowly added, and the whole amount was 200 kg. After the cellulose acetate powder was put into the dispersion storage tank, the pressure in the storage tank was reduced to 1,300 Pa. The stirring system uses an eccentric stirring shaft of a high-speed disperser type stirring at a peripheral speed of 15m / sec (shearing stress 5xl04kgf / m / sec2), and an anchor wing on the central axis at a peripheral speed lm / sec (shearing stress lxl04kgf) / m / SeC2) The stirring shaft was stirred for 30 minutes. The initial temperature of the stirring is 2 51. The cooling water is stirred while flowing, and the final temperature is 3 5 ° C. After that, the high-speed stirring shaft, the stirring shaft with an anchor wing was stopped at a peripheral speed of 0.5 m / sec, and then stirred for 100 minutes to swell the cellulose acetate powder (small flakes). At the end of the swelling, the storage tank was pressurized with nitrogen to 0.12 MPa. For explosion protection, the oxygen concentration in the tank is below 2 v ο 1%. The water content in the dope was confirmed to be 0.2% by mass or less. The obtained non-uniform gel-like substance was cooled by a screw pump heated at 30 ° C to the center of the shaft, and cooled by a spiral outer portion at -75 ° C for 3 minutes. The cooling system is implemented using a refrigerant cooled at 80 ° C by a freezer. The solution obtained after cooling was heated to 35 ° C in the liquid delivery by a screw pump, and transferred to a stainless steel container. After being stirred at 50 ° C for 2 hours to obtain a homogeneous solution of 200526730, it was filtered with a filter paper (# 63, manufactured by Toyo filter paper (strand)) with an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.01 mm, and then with an absolute filter accuracy of 2.5 μm (F Η 0 2 5. P au 1). The obtained cellulose acetate solution was heated and pressurized at 110 ° C and 1 MPa in a heating and pressurizing part of a liquid feeding tube, and was released at normal pressure (approximately 0.1 Mpa). The organic solvent was cooled while volatilizing to obtain a temperature of 40. A solution of ° C and a cellulose acetate concentration of 24.0% by mass. The viscosity of the solution (40 ° C) is 120Pa · s, the dynamic storage elasticity (15 ° C) is 3 800 Pa, the dynamic storage elasticity (-5 ° C) is 35,000 Pa, and the dynamic storage elasticity (-5 (TC) is 240,000 Pa. Moreover, the degree of polymerization of the aggregate is 2.8 million to 3200,000. (Production of cellulose acetate film) The filtered cellulose acetate solution at 50 ° C is passed through a casting machine (such as Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1 1 -3 1 423 3) is cast on a mirror stainless steel support with a diameter of 3 m. The temperature of the support is set at -5 ° C. The casting speed is 75 m / min and the coating width is 200cm. The space temperature of the entire casting part is set to 15 ° C. Then, the cellulose acetate film cast from the casting part 5 Ocm before the peeling is peeled off the roller, and both ends are pinned with a pin tenter. Squeeze. The cellulose acetate film held by the pin tenter is transported to the drying area. The initial drying system sends 4 5 t of drying air. Then it is 1 1 0. (: 5 minutes, then 1 4 5 ° C (film temperature is about 140 ° C), dried for 10 minutes to obtain a cellulose acetate film with a film thickness of 80 / xm. The obtained sample was cut at 3 cm. Then, a knurling of 100 / xm was performed from the part with a height of 2 to 10 mm, and then rolled into a roll shape. The thickness retardation (Rth) of the cellulose acetate film was measured by the aforementioned method. The film surface shape was borrowed It was visually confirmed and evaluated in the following four-step step-92-200526730. A: No horizontal spots or particles were seen on the film. B: Horizontal spots or particles were gradually seen on the film. C: Film There are unevenness on the surface, and the bleeding of the component is also seen. D: The unevenness on the surface of the film is obvious, and the bleeding of the component is also significant, which is not suitable for the user of the optical film. The results are shown in Table 1. Acetate fibers After the moisture-free film was conditioned at 25 ° C and 50% RH for 24 hours, the density was measured in a density-hook pipe of Zheng Gengyuan / Carbon Tetrachloride system. The density was 25. The results are shown in Table 1. (Saponification of cellulose acetate film) 20 parts by mass of water was added to 80 parts by mass of isopropanol, and potassium hydroxide as specified in 1.5 was dissolved therein. The resulting solution was tempered at 60 ° C as an emperor Use a saponified solution on a cellulose acetate film at 60 ° C at 10g / m2, Saponification in 1 minute. After that, dry warm water at 50 ° C with a sprayer for 1 minute 10 L / (m2 · min) until washed. (Production of polarizing plate) Average degree of polymerization 4 0 0 0, degree of saponification 9 9.8% of polyvinyl alcohol was dissolved in water to obtain a 4.0% by mass aqueous solution. The aqueous solution was subjected to tape casting drying using a drawn die to extend the width of 11 mm before the film, the left end of the film thickness was 120 μm, and the right end. It is 135 / xm. The obtained film was peeled from the tape, and was stretched obliquely from the 45-degree direction in a dry state. Then, it was immersed in an aqueous solution of 0.5 g / L of iodine and 50 g / L of potassium iodide at 30 ° C for 1 minute, and then immersed in a solution of 100 g / L of boric acid and 60 g / L of potassium iodide in 200526730 at 70 ° C for 5 minutes. minute. Furthermore, it was put into a water-washing tank and washed with water at 2 ° C for 10 seconds, and then dried at 80 ° C for 5 minutes to produce a polarizing film. The polarizing film was 660 mm wide and about 20 / xm thick. Polarizing film and warp The saponified cellulose acetate film was bonded using a 3% by mass aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-11 7H, made by Clary) as an adhesive, and then heated at 60 ° C for 30 minutes. The manufactured polarizing plate is used for the IP S-type liquid crystal display device described in JP 1 1-3 0 5 2 1 7 described in Example 1 to determine whether there are visual obstacles. Visibility is evaluated in the following four steps: A: Even when the viewing angle is increased and the display device is seen obliquely, the white and black image does not reverse, or the tone or color of the displayed image is very high, and the contrast is very high. The visibility is very excellent. B: Even when the viewing angle is increased and the display device is seen obliquely, the inversion of white and black portraits, or the tone or coloring of the displayed images are generally not occurred. Excellent performance C: Increased viewing angle and obliqueness In the case of the display device, it is found that the reverse of the white and black image, or the occurrence of the tone or coloration of the displayed image, the contrast is low, and the visibility is poor. D: When the viewing angle is increased and the display device is seen obliquely, it is found Significant reversal of white and black images, or the occurrence of tone or coloring of displayed images, with low contrast, are extremely poor in visibility. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 2] With stirring wings, the periphery In a 400 liter stainless steel dissolving storage tank for cooling water circulation, 80.0 parts by mass of methylene chloride (main solvent), 10.0 parts by mass of methanol (200526730 a " 2 solvent), 5.0 parts by mass of butanol (third solvent), Trimethylol: 1.6 parts by mass of propane acetate 2,4-dicaprylate (plasticizer A), 2,6-di-third-butyl-4-cresol (deterioration preventive agent A), 2 , 4-Bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy · 3, 5-di-third-butylaniline) -1,3,5-tritrap (ultraviolet absorber A) 0.2 mass Parts, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-third-butylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole (ultraviolet absorbent B) 0.2 parts by mass, 2- (2' -Hydroxy-3 ', 5 '-Di-tertiary pentylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole (ultraviolet absorbent C) 0.2 parts by mass, 20 nm silicon dioxide fine particles (Mohs hardness about 7) 0.05 parts by mass, citric acid Ethyl ester (mixing ratio of monoester and diester = 1: 1) 0.04 parts by mass. Φ In addition, the water content of each solvent is 0.2% by mass or less. The mixed solvent was slowly added to Example 1 while stirring. 20 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate powder used was fed to an entire weight of 200 kg. Thereafter, a cellulose acetate film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 and evaluated. The results are as shown in Table 1. [Example 3] Except changing 2,4 parts by mass of trimethylolpropane acetate 2,4-dicaprylate (plasticizer φ A) to trimethylolpropane diacetate caprylate ( Plasticizer B) Except for 2.4 parts by mass, a cellulose acetate film was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 2. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 4] A cellulose acetate film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that cellulose acetate was cellulose acetate having a substitution degree of 2.87, a viscosity average polymerization degree of 3,00, and a 6-position halogenated substitution degree of 0.92. For evaluation. -95-200526730 The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 5] A cellulose acetate was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the cellulose acetate was cellulose acetate having a substitution degree of 2 · 8 and a viscosity average polymerization degree of 3 0, 6 and a halogenated substitution degree of 0.96. Plain film for evaluation. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 6] A cellulose acetate was produced in the same manner as in Example 3, except that cellulose acetate was cellulose acetate having a degree of substitution of 2.87, a viscosity average degree of polymerization of 300, and a 6-position halogenated substitution degree of 0.92. Plain film for evaluation. The results are shown in Table 1. [Comparative Example 1] A cellulose acetate film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the solvent was changed to 62.2 parts by mass of methyl acetate, 6.5 parts by mass of acetone, 5.7 parts by mass of ethanol, and 6.5 parts by mass of butanol. Since cellulose acetate is not dissolved in a solvent, a thin film cannot be produced. [Comparative Example 2] A cellulose acetate film was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the solvent was changed to 62.2 parts by mass of methyl acetate, 6.5 parts by mass of acetone, 5.7 parts by mass of ethanol, and 6.5 parts by mass of butanol. Since cellulose acetate is not dissolved in a solvent, a thin film cannot be produced. [Comparative Example 3] A cellulose acetate was produced in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the solvent was changed to 62.2 parts by mass of methyl acetate, 6.5 parts by mass of acetone, 5. 7 parts by mass of ethanol, and 6. 5 parts by mass of butanol. In the case of thin films, cellulose acetate is not soluble in the Soluble-96-200526730 agent, making it impossible to make films. [Comparative Example 4] A cellulose acetate film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that cellulose acetate was cellulose acetate using a degree of substitution of 2.75, a degree of polymerization of 3, 10, and a degree of substitution of 0.8 to 6 of 0.84. Evaluation. The results are shown in Table 1. [Comparative Example 5] A cellulose acetate film was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the cellulose acetate was cellulose acetate using a degree of substitution of 2.75, a degree of polymerization of 310, and a degree of substitution of 0. 84 at the 6-position. The results are shown in Table 1. [Comparative Example 6] A cellulose acetate film was produced in the same manner as in Example 3, except that cellulose acetate was cellulose acetate using a degree of substitution of 2.7 5, and a degree of substitution of 3, 10, and 6 at a degree of polymerization of 0.8. Evaluation. The results are as shown in Table 1.

-97 - 200526730 第1表-97-200526730 Table 1

薄膜 密度 Rth 可塑齊11 薄膜面狀 視認性 實施例1 1.278 3nm M A B 實施例2 1.278 2 Onm A A B 實施例3 1.278 Onm B A A 實施例4 1.279 6nm A B 實施例5 1.279 24nm A A B 實施例6 1.279 3nm B A A 比較例1 不能形成薄膜 - j\\\ - - 比較例2 不能形成薄膜 - A - - 比較例3 不能形成薄膜 - B - - 比較例4 1.287 4 1 nm A D 比較例5 1.287 63nm A A D 比較例6 1.287 3 5nm B A CFilm density Rth Plastic 11 Film surface visibility Example 1 1.278 3nm MAB Example 2 1.278 2 Onm AAB Example 3 1.278 Onm BAA Example 4 1.279 6nm AB Example 5 1.279 24nm AAB Example 6 1.279 3nm BAA Comparative Example 1 No film formation-j \\\--Comparative Example 2 No film formation-A--Comparative Example 3 No film formation-B--Comparative example 4 1.287 4 1 nm AD Comparative example 5 1.287 63nm AAD Comparative example 6 1.287 3 5nm BAC

[實施例7][Example 7]

(乙酸纖維素薄膜的製作) 將下述組成物投入混合槽內,邊加熱邊攪拌,以調製 乙酸纖維素混合物11。此時,係使用取代度2.92的乙酸纖 維素(第2表)。 7 5質量份 3 0 0質量份 5 4質量份 1 1質量份 <乙酸纖維素混合物1 1組成 取代度2.92的乙酸纖維素 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 甲醇(第2溶劑) 1-丁醇 -98- 200526730 在別的混合槽中,投入下述第2表所示組成物,邊加 熱邊攪拌,溶解各成分,以調製添加劑溶液B-21〜B-25。 在該乙酸纖維素混合物1 1的4 6 5質量份中,加入添加劑溶 液B-2 1〜2 5的40質量份所得溶液,係通過流延成型機(係 記載於特開平1 1 - 3 1 4 2 3 3號公報)在直徑3 m滾筒之鏡面不 銹鋼支持體上進行流延。支持體的溫度係設定於-5 °C。流 延速度爲5m/分、塗布寬爲200cm。流延部全體的空間溫度 係設定於1 5 °C。然後,將由流延部5 0cm前流延回轉的乙 酸纖維素薄膜從滾筒剝取下來,邊以具有夾鉗之拉幅機固 定兩端邊搬送至拉幅機的乾燥區域内,且邊藉由乾燥風加 以乾燥邊進行延伸。拉幅機内係區分爲3區域,各區域的 乾燥風溫度從上流側爲9 0 °C、1 〇 〇 °C、1 1 〇 °C。用拉幅機保 持的乙酸纖維素薄膜係搬送至乾燥區域。開始係以1 1 〇。〇 5 分、然後以145 °C 10分乾燥(薄膜溫度爲約140 °C ),以製作 厚度40/xm的乙酸纖維素薄膜試料128〜132。關於此等試 料,在測定遲滯値、相對濕度10%與相對濕度80%的膜厚 方向之遲滯差△RthC^RthlOG/oRH-RthSOyoRH)、在 25°C 8 0%RH的平衡含水率、60°C、95%RH、24hr的透濕度(80μιη 換算)、80°C 90%RH、48小時後的質量變化、60°C 95%RH、 24小時後的尺寸變化及彈性率時,使用本發明低密度的乙 酸纖維素薄膜之試料128〜132係確認有良好性能。再者含 有光學異方向性低下劑、波長分散調整劑的試料1 2 9〜1 3 2 係確認其相對濕度1 0 %與相對濕度8 0 %之膜厚方向的遲滯 差ARth或遲滯的波長依存性更爲良化。 200526730 第2表(其1) 試料 號碼 添加劑 溶液 添加劑(添加量:質量份) A-19 K-4 Κ-5 L-5 UV-21 UV-22 UV-102 128 B-2 1 Μ j \ \\ 4K 並 j \\\ 迦 J \ 迦 Μ j\ \\ 迦 1 29 B-22 (40) Μ J \ w >frrr. 無 Μ «Μ Μ ΝΝ 無 Μ j \ \\ 1 30 B-23 (40) Μ j \ \\ Μ ^\\\ Μ j\ \\ Μ j \ \\ Μ j\ \\ (4) 13 1 B-24 Μ j\\\ (33) (33) ΛτχΫ Ι11Γ j\\\ (2) (2) Μ J > ΝΝ 1 32 B-25 迦 4γγΐ. Ws Μ J \ ΝΝ (67) (2) (2) 【化4 1】(Production of cellulose acetate film) The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred while heating to prepare a cellulose acetate mixture 11. In this case, cellulose acetate with a degree of substitution of 2.92 was used (Table 2). 7 5 parts by mass 3 0 0 parts by mass 5 4 parts by mass 1 1 part by mass < cellulose acetate mixture 1 1 cellulose acetate dichloromethane (first solvent) having a composition substitution degree of 2.92 methanol (second solvent) 1-butane Alcohol-98- 200526730 In another mixing tank, put the composition shown in the following Table 2 and stir while heating to dissolve each component to prepare additive solutions B-21 to B-25. To 4 6 5 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate mixture 1 1, 40 parts by mass of the additive solution B-2 1 to 2 5 was added to the obtained solution, and it was passed through a cast molding machine (depicted in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1 1-3 1). 4 2 3 3) Casting was performed on a mirror stainless steel support with a diameter of 3 m roller. The temperature of the support was set at -5 ° C. The casting speed was 5 m / min, and the coating width was 200 cm. The space temperature of the entire casting section was set at 15 ° C. Then, the cellulose acetate film cast from the casting part 50 cm forward was peeled from the drum, and the two ends were transferred to the tenter's drying area while being fixed at both ends by a tenter with clamps. Dry air is extended while drying. The inside of the tenter is divided into 3 areas, and the temperature of the dry air in each area is 90 ° C, 100 ° C, and 110 ° C from the upstream side. The cellulose acetate film held by the tenter was transferred to a dry area. Start with 1 1 0. 〇 5 minutes, and then dried at 145 ° C for 10 minutes (film temperature is about 140 ° C) to produce cellulose acetate film samples 128 to 132 with a thickness of 40 / xm. About these samples, the hysteresis difference, the hysteresis difference in the film thickness direction of 10% RH and 80% RH (RthC ^ RthlOG / oRH-RthSOyoRH), the equilibrium water content at 25 ° C 8 0% RH, 60 ° C, 95% RH, 24hr moisture permeability (80μιη conversion), 80 ° C 90% RH, mass change after 48 hours, 60 ° C 95% RH, dimensional change after 24 hours and elastic modulus, use this Samples 128 to 132 of the low-density cellulose acetate film were found to have good performance. In addition, samples 1 2 9 to 1 3 2 containing an optical anisotropy-reducing agent and a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent were confirmed to have a retardation difference ARth or a retardation wavelength dependence of a relative thickness of 10% and a relative humidity of 80%. Sex is better. 200526730 Table 2 (No. 1) Sample No. Additive Solution Additive (addition amount: part by mass) A-19 K-4 Κ-5 L-5 UV-21 UV-22 UV-102 128 B-2 1 Μ j \ \ \ 4K and j \\\ Jia J \ Jia Μ j \ \\ Jia 1 29 B-22 (40) Μ J \ w > frrr. Without Μ «Μ Μ ΝΝ Without Μ j \ \\ 1 30 B-23 (40) Μ j \ \\ Μ ^ \\\ Μ j \ \\ Μ j \ \\ Μ j \ \\ (4) 13 1 B-24 Μ j \\\ (33) (33) ΛτχΫ Ι11Γ j \\\ (2) (2) Μ J > ΝΝ 1 32 B-25 Ga 4γγΐ. Ws Μ J \ ΝΝ (67) (2) (2) [化 4 1]

-100- 200526730 第2表(其2) 試料 △Rth 含水率 透濕度 質量 尺寸變化 彈性率 光彈性 密度 1 28 3.0 3.4 1340 0.0 0.2 1 460 11 1.278 1 29 13.2 2.4 124 1 0.1 0.15 4 10 12 1.275 13 0 11.3 2.3 94 1 0.2 0.13 4 14 14 1.276 13 1 6.3 2.2 9 16 0.3 0.12 423 11 1.276 13 2 4.2 2.0 925 0.3 0.11 406 13 1.276 (註) △ Rth:Rth( 1 0%RH)-Rth(5 0%RH) 含水率: 在 80%RH 的測定 (%) 透濕度: 8 0 /xm 換算 質量: 8 0°C 、90%RH、48 小時 :的 f質量變化(%) 尺寸變化:6 0 °C 、9 5%RH、 24小 時 的變化 (%) 彈性率: kgf/m m2 光彈性: x 1 〇-】 3cm2/dyne(係 :數) 第2表(其3) 試料 R e ( 6 3 0 ) Rth(630) Re ,分散 Rth分散 128 0 .1 nm 1 . Onm 2 .Onm 25 .Onm 129 0 .1 n m - 2.8 n m 1 .5 nm 19 .3 n m 130 0 .1 n m - 5.0 η m 0 .8 n m 5 . 8 nm 13 1 0.1 n m 2.4nm 1 .5 n m 10 .5 nm 132 0 .2 n m 一 1 . 2 n m 1 . .3 n m 9. 2 nm (註)-100- 200526730 Table 2 (Part 2) Sample △ Rth Moisture content Moisture permeability Mass Dimensional change Elasticity Photoelastic density 1 28 3.0 3.4 1340 0.0 0.2 1 460 11 1.278 1 29 13.2 2.4 124 1 0.1 0.15 4 10 12 1.275 13 0 11.3 2.3 94 1 0.2 0.13 4 14 14 1.276 13 1 6.3 2.2 9 16 0.3 0.12 423 11 1.276 13 2 4.2 2.0 925 0.3 0.11 406 13 1.276 (Note) △ Rth: Rth (1 0% RH) -Rth (5 0 % RH) Moisture content: Measurement at 80% RH (%) Permeability: 8 0 / xm Conversion mass: 80 ° C, 90% RH, 48 hours: f mass change (%) Dimensional change: 60 ° C, 9 5% RH, change over 24 hours (%) Elasticity: kgf / m m2 Photoelasticity: x 1 〇-] 3cm2 / dyne (series: number) Table 2 (No. 3) Sample Re e (6 3 0) Rth (630) Re, disperse Rth disperse 128 0 .1 nm 1. Onm 2 .Onm 25 .Onm 129 0 .1 nm-2.8 nm 1 .5 nm 19 .3 nm 130 0 .1 nm-5.0 η m 0 .8 nm 5. 8 nm 13 1 0.1 nm 2.4nm 1 .5 nm 10 .5 nm 132 0 .2 nm-1.2 nm 1. .3 nm 9. 2 nm (Note)

Re 分散:|Re(400)-Re(700)| Rth 分散:|Rth(400)-Rth(700)| 200526730 [實施例8 ] (乙酸纖維素溶液的調製) 將下述組成物投入混合槽,邊加熱邊攪拌混合各成 分,以調製乙酸纖維素混合物1 2。 (乙酸纖維素混合物1 2組成) 取代度2.9 2的乙酸纖維素 8 0 · 0質量份 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 402.0質量份 甲醇(第2溶劑) 60.0質量份 (消光劑溶液的調製) 將平均粒徑 16nm的矽石粒子(AEROSIL R9 7 2、日本 AEROSIL(股)製)20質量份、甲醇80質量份經30分鐘良好 攪拌混合成矽石粒子分散液。該分散液係與下述組成物一 起投入分散機,且然後攪拌3 0分鍾以上使各成分溶解,以 調製消光劑溶液。 (消光劑溶液組成) 平均粒徑1 6 n m的政石粒子分散液 1 0.0質量份 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 7 6 · 3質量份 甲醇(第2溶劑) 3.4質量份 乙酸纖維素混合物1 2 1 0.3質量份 (添加劑溶液的調製) 將下述組成物投入混合槽,邊加熱邊攪拌,使各成分 溶解,以調製乙酸纖維素溶液。關於降低光學異方向性的 化合物及波長分散調整劑,係使用如下述第3表所示者。 (添加劑溶液組成) 4 9 · 3質量份Re Dispersion: | Re (400) -Re (700) | Rth Dispersion: | Rth (400) -Rth (700) | 200526730 [Example 8] (Preparation of cellulose acetate solution) The following composition was charged into a mixing tank The ingredients are stirred and mixed while heating to prepare a cellulose acetate mixture 12. (Composition of cellulose acetate mixture 1 2) Degree of substitution 2.9 2 cellulose acetate 8 0 · 0 parts by mass of methylene chloride (first solvent) 402.0 parts by mass of methanol (second solvent) 60.0 parts by mass (preparation of matting agent solution) 20 parts by mass of silica particles (AEROSIL R9 7 2, manufactured by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd.) with an average particle diameter of 16 nm, and 80 parts by mass of methanol were mixed well for 30 minutes to form a silica particle dispersion. This dispersion is introduced into a disperser together with the following composition, and then stirred for 30 minutes or more to dissolve the components to prepare a matting agent solution. (Matting agent solution composition) Masaishi particle dispersion liquid having an average particle diameter of 16 nm 1 0.0 parts by mass of dichloromethane (first solvent) 7 6 · 3 parts by mass of methanol (second solvent) 3.4 parts by mass of cellulose acetate mixture 1 2 1 0.3 parts by mass (preparation of additive solution) The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution. As the compound for reducing optical anisotropy and the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent, those shown in Table 3 below are used. (Additive solution composition) 4 9 · 3 parts by mass

降低光學異方向性之化合物 -102- 200526730 7.6質量份 5 8 · 4質量份 8 · 7質量份 1 2 · 8質量份 1 4 4〜1 4 5的製作) 9 4 · 6質量份、消光劑 質量份各別過濾後混 波長分散調整劑 一氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 甲_ (第2溶劑) 乙酸纖維素混合物1 2 (乙酸纖維素薄膜試料1 4 0〜1 4 2、 將上述乙酸纖維素混合物1 2之 溶液之1 · 3質量份、添加劑溶液4 . j 合,與實施例7同樣地進行流延,以得到厚度4〇〜8 〇/Xm的Compound for reducing optical anisotropy-2005-200526730 7.6 parts by mass 5 8 · 4 parts by mass 8 · 7 parts by mass 1 2 · 8 parts by mass 1 4 4 ~ 1 4 5) 9 4 · 6 parts by mass, matting agent After mass filtration, the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent monochloromethane (the first solvent) is mixed together. (The second solvent) cellulose acetate mixture 1 2 (cellulose acetate film sample 1 4 0 to 1 4 2. 1.3 parts by mass of the solution of the elementary mixture 12 and the additive solution 4.j were combined, and casting was performed in the same manner as in Example 7 to obtain a film having a thickness of 40-80 / Xm

薄膜。相對於降低上述組成光學異方向性之化合物及波胃 分散調整劑的乙酸纖維素之質量比係各別爲1 2 %、1 . 8 %。 此外,殘留溶劑量3 0%的薄膜係從支持體剝離而製造。以 1 4 0 °C乾燥4 0分鐘製造乙酸纖維素薄膜。又’產生的乙酸 纖維素薄膜殘留溶劑量爲〇·2% ° 第3表(其1 ) 試料 號碼 添加劑 溶液 添力口 劑 ί添加量 : 質量份) 密度 A-1 9 FB-6 FB- 1 0 UV- 102 140 B-3 2 (50) 姐 J i NN j \ \\ (8) 1.277 141 B-33 (58) 披 JWS >fnnr (8) 1.27 7 142 B-34 (58) 4γγγ 雛 ίκ J (8) 1.277 1 44 B-3 6 (80) 4ττΓ ΙΙΙΓ (8) 1.277 145 B-3 7 >fnr 無 姐 (33) (8) 1.277 -103- 200526730 第 3表(其 2) 試料 膜厚 Re(630) Rth(630) Re分散 Rth分散 140 8 0 /X m 0.5 nm -4.2 nm 1 . 1 nm 1 2.5 nm 14 1 6 0 μ m 0.3 η m -4.8 n m 0.7 n m 8.4 n m 142 4 0 μιη 0.2 η m -3.4nm 0.5 n m 5.2 n m 144 4 0 μιη 0.6 nm -2.1 n m 0.8 n m 1 5.2nm 145 4 0 μπα 0.5 η m -4.8 n m 0.6 n m 1 5 . 1 nm (註)film. The mass ratios of the cellulose acetate to the compound that reduces the optical anisotropy of the composition and the anti-dispersion regulator are 12% and 1.8%, respectively. In addition, a film having a residual solvent content of 30% was produced by peeling from a support. The cellulose acetate film was dried at 140 ° C for 40 minutes. The amount of residual solvent in the produced cellulose acetate film was 0.2%. Table 3 (No. 1) Sample No. Additive Solution Additive Strength Additive: Mass parts Density A-1 9 FB-6 FB-1 0 UV- 102 140 B-3 2 (50) sister J i NN j \ \\ (8) 1.277 141 B-33 (58) JWS > fnnr (8) 1.27 7 142 B-34 (58) 4γγγ ίκ J (8) 1.277 1 44 B-3 6 (80) 4ττΓ ΙΙΙΓ (8) 1.277 145 B-3 7 > fnr Sister (33) (8) 1.277 -103- 200526730 Table 3 (Part 2) Sample Film thickness Re (630) Rth (630) Re dispersion Rth dispersion 140 8 0 / X m 0.5 nm -4.2 nm 1.1 .1 nm 1 2.5 nm 14 1 6 0 μ m 0.3 η m -4.8 nm 0.7 nm 8.4 nm 142 4 0 μιη 0.2 η m -3.4nm 0.5 nm 5.2 nm 144 4 0 μιη 0.6 nm -2.1 nm 0.8 nm 1 5.2nm 145 4 0 μπα 0.5 η m -4.8 nm 0.6 nm 1 5. 1 nm (Note)

Re 分散:|Re(400)-Re(700)|Re dispersion: | Re (400) -Re (700) |

Rth 分散:|Rth(400)-Rth(700)| [比較例7 ] (乙酸纖維素溶液的調製) 將下述組成物投入混合槽,攪拌使各成分溶解,以調 製乙酸纖維素溶液2 1。 (乙酸纖維素溶液2 1組成) 醋化度2.86的乙酸纖維素 100.0質量份 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 402.0質量份 甲醇(第2溶劑) 60.0質量份 (消光劑溶液的調製) 將平均粒徑 16nm的矽石粒子(AEROSIL R972、日本 AERO SIL(股)製)20質量份、甲醇80質量份經30分鐘良好 攪拌混合作爲矽石粒子分散液。該分散液係與下述組成物 一起投入分散機中,且然後攪拌3 0分鐘以上使各成分溶 解,以製作消光劑溶液。 (消光劑溶液組成) -104- 200526730 平均粒徑16nm的矽石粒子分散液 10.0質量份 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 76.3質量份 甲醇(第2溶劑) 3.4質量份 乙酸纖維素溶液2 1 1 0.3質量份 (添加劑溶液的調製)Rth Dispersion: | Rth (400) -Rth (700) | [Comparative Example 7] (Preparation of Cellulose Acetate Solution) The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution 2 1 . (Composition of Cellulose Acetate Solution 2 1) 100.0 parts by mass of dichloromethane (first solvent) with a degree of acetation of 2.86 402.0 parts by mass of methanol (second solvent) 60.0 parts by mass (preparation of matting agent solution) 20 parts by mass of silica particles (AEROSIL R972, manufactured by Japan Aero Co., Ltd.) with a diameter of 16 nm, and 80 parts by mass of methanol were well stirred and mixed as a silica particle dispersion for 30 minutes. This dispersion was put into a disperser together with the following composition, and then stirred for 30 minutes or more to dissolve the components to prepare a matting agent solution. (Composition of Matting Agent Solution) -104- 200526730 Silica particle dispersion with an average particle diameter of 16 nm 10.0 parts by mass of dichloromethane (first solvent) 76.3 parts by mass of methanol (second solvent) 3.4 parts by mass of cellulose acetate solution 2 1 1 0.3 parts by mass (preparation of additive solution)

將下述組成物投入混合槽,邊加熱邊攪拌,使各成分 溶解,以調製乙酸纖維素溶液。關於降低光學異方向性之 化合物及波長分散調整劑,係使用如下述第4表所示者。 (添加劑溶液組成) 聯苯二苯基鄰酸酯(B D P ) 波長分散調整劑 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 甲醇(第2溶劑) 乙酸纖維素溶液2 1 (乙酸纖維素薄膜試料〇 1 〇 將上述乙酸纖維素溶液2 1 4 9.3質量份 7.6質量份 5 8.4質量份 8.7質量份 1 2.8質量份 I勺製作) 的94.6質量份、消光劑溶The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare a cellulose acetate solution. As the compound for reducing optical anisotropy and the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent, those shown in Table 4 below are used. (Additive solution composition) Biphenyldiphenylphthalate (BDP) Wavelength dispersion adjuster methylene chloride (first solvent) Methanol (second solvent) Cellulose acetate solution 2 1 (Cellulose acetate film sample 〇 〇 〇 The above cellulose acetate solution 2 1 4 9.3 parts by mass 7.6 parts by mass 5 8.4 parts by mass 8.7 parts by mass 1 2.8 parts by mass (made by 1 spoon) 94.6 parts by mass of the matting agent

液的1 . 3質量份、添加劑溶液4.丨質量份各別過濾後混合, 與實施例7同樣地進行流延,以製得厚度4 0 /xm的薄膜。 相對於降低上述組成光學異方向性之化合物及波長分散調 整劑之乙酸纖維素,其質量比係各別爲1 2 %、1 . 8 %。此外, 殘留溶劑量3 0 %的薄膜係從支持體剝離下來而製造。在i 4 〇 °C乾燥4 〇分鐘以製造乙酸纖維素薄膜。又,產生的乙酸纖 維素薄膜的殘留溶劑量爲0.2%。再者,在各試料中均認爲 沒有薄膜的白濁(滲出)。 關於乙酸纖維素薄膜試料0 0 8〜0 0 9,除了將降低添加 -105- 2005267301.3 parts by mass of the liquid and 4. parts by mass of the additive solution were separately filtered and mixed, and casting was performed in the same manner as in Example 7 to obtain a film having a thickness of 40 / xm. The mass ratios are 12% and 1.8% with respect to cellulose acetate, which reduces the optical anisotropy of the composition and the wavelength dispersion modifier, respectively. A film with a residual solvent content of 30% was produced by peeling it from the support. It was dried at i 40 ° C for 40 minutes to produce a cellulose acetate film. The residual solvent content of the produced cellulose acetate film was 0.2%. In addition, in each sample, it was considered that there was no cloudiness (bleeding) of the film. About cellulose acetate film sample 0 0 8 ~ 0 0 9 except that it will be reduced to add -105- 200526730

齊溶 '液中M 沐:學異方向性之化合物及波長分散調整劑的種 類及量’變爾 、 、 成第4表之内容以外’同樣地進行製作乙酸纖 維素薄膜試料00 8〜009。測定此等試料的相對濕度10%與 相對 濕 度 80% 的膜厚方向遲滯差 △ Rth( = Rthl0%RH-Rth80%RH)。 在薄膜密度高的比較試料〇〇8〜010之么1^11不爲2511111 以下,而且光學異方向性的濕度依存性不大。Simultaneously, 'Mu in the liquid: the type and amount of the compound with different directionality and the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent' were changed to other than the content in Table 4 ', and the cellulose acetate film samples 0-8 to 009 were prepared in the same manner. The hysteresis difference ΔRth (= Rth10% RH-Rth80% RH) of the film thickness direction of these samples was measured at a relative humidity of 10% and a relative humidity of 80%. Comparative samples with a high film density of 008 to 010 are not less than 2511111, and the humidity dependence of optical anisotropy is not large.

-106- 200526730 第4表(其1) 試料 添加劑(添加量:質量份) 號碼 BDP UV-3 UV- 7 ARth 含水率 透濕度 粒徑 008 Μ m 無 28·7 4.3 1310 1.73 009 無 (3.8) (3.8) 28.3 3.3 1250 1.12 0 10 (49.3) (3.8) (3.8) 17.3 2.8 960 0.96 (註) △ Rth:Rth(10%RH)-Rth(5 0%RH) 含水率: 在 8 0 % R Η 的測定(%) 透濕度: 80μπι換算 粒徑: 消光劑的二 二次平均粒徑(μηι) 第4表(其2) 試料 密度 Re(630) Rth(630) Re分营夕 Rth分散 008 1.282 3.4nm 2 7.5 nm 3 . 8 nm 2 8.Onm 009 1.283 2.4 nm 2 8 · 2 n m 1.4nm 7.8 n m 0 10 1.282 3 . 1 nm 3 0.2 nm 1 . 0nm 6.8 n m-106- 200526730 Table 4 (No. 1) Sample additives (addition amount: part by mass) No. BDP UV-3 UV- 7 ARth Moisture content moisture permeability particle size 008 μm None 28 · 7 4.3 1310 1.73 009 None (3.8) (3.8) 28.3 3.3 1250 1.12 0 10 (49.3) (3.8) (3.8) 17.3 2.8 960 0.96 (Note) △ Rth: Rth (10% RH) -Rth (50% RH) Water content: at 80% R Measurement of Η (%) Permeability: 80 μπι Conversion particle size: Secondary average particle size of the matting agent (μηι) Table 4 (No. 2) Sample density Re (630) Rth (630) Re Rin dispersion Rth dispersion 008 1.282 3.4nm 2 7.5 nm 3. 8 nm 2 8.Onm 009 1.283 2.4 nm 2 8 · 2 nm 1.4nm 7.8 nm 0 10 1.282 3. 1 nm 3 0.2 nm 1. 0nm 6.8 nm

(註)(Note)

Re 分散:|Re(400)-Re(7 00)|Re dispersion: | Re (400) -Re (7 00) |

Rth 分散:|Rth(400)-Rth(700)| [實施例9 ] (偏光板的製作) 實施例8所得之本發明乙酸纖維素薄膜試料丨4〇,在 1 .5規定的氫氧化鈉水溶液於5 5 °C下浸漬2分鐘。於室溫 水洗浴槽中洗浄、於3 (TC下使用〇 · 1規定的硫酸加以中 和。再度,於室溫水洗浴槽中洗浄,且然後以1 〇 〇 °c的溫 -107- 200526730 風乾燥。如此一來將乙酸纖維素薄膜的表面皂化。 一 接著’將厚度8 0/xm的輥狀聚乙烯醇薄膜在碘水溶液 中連續延伸5倍,乾燥以得到偏光膜。聚乙烯醇(克拉瑞製 PVA-117H)3%水溶液作爲接著劑,準備2片鹼皂化處理的 乙酸纖維素薄膜試料i 4 〇貼合至偏光膜之間,以得到兩面 由乙酸纖維素薄膜1 4 0保護的偏光板。此時兩側的乙酸纖 維素薄膜試料1 4 0的遲相軸係與偏光膜透過軸平行貼合。 同樣地製作本發明實施例1 2的試料1 4 1〜1 4 2、1 4 4〜1 4 5之 偏光板。本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜試料14〇〜142、144〜145 φ 係與完全延伸的聚乙烯醇貼合性充分,具有優異的偏光板 加工適性。該偏光板以下係稱爲偏光板丨4 〇〜i 4 2、丨4 4〜丨4 5。 [比較例8 ] 上述偏光膜的保護係以2片本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜 2枚進行取代’使用2片市售的聚碳酸酯薄膜「Panlite C1400」(帝人化成製)以同樣的操作製作偏光板。然而與延 伸的聚乙烯醇之貼合性係爲不充分,聚碳酸酯薄膜係沒有 作爲偏光膜保護薄膜的機能,在偏光板加工適性方面會有 問題。 [比較例9 ] 上述偏光膜的保護係以2片本發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜 進行取代,使用2片厚度80μηα的Arton薄膜(JSR製)以同 樣操作製作偏光板。然而與延伸之聚乙烯醇的貼合性係爲 不充分,Arton薄膜係沒有作爲偏光膜保護薄膜之機能,在 偏光板加工適性方面會有問題。 (偏光板耐久性) -108- 200526730 使用製作的本發明乙酸纖維素薄膜試料14〇〜;142、 .· 1 4 4〜1 4 5之偏光板,在6 〇它9 5 % R η的條件下放置5 〇 〇小時 後的偏光度進行評價時,使用試料1 4 0〜1 4 2、1 4 4〜1 4 5的偏 光板之偏光特性係均爲優異,藉由本發明低密度纖維素薄 膜的使用及/或降低光學異方向性的化合物或波長分散調 整劑的添加’可確認乙酸纖維素薄膜提升了偏光板加工時 的耐久性。 [實施例10] (對IPS型液晶顯示裝置的實裝評價) · 使用實施例7、8所得乙酸纖維素薄膜及實施例9所得 偏光板,對液晶顯示裝置進行實裝評價,可確認其光學性 能係爲充分。此外本實施例係使用IP S型液晶晶胞,以下 的實施例係使用VA型、OCB型液晶晶胞,惟使用本發明 乙酸纖維素薄膜之偏光板或光學補償薄膜的用途,係不受 液晶顯示裝置的動作模式所限制。 相對於實施例9所製作的偏光板1 4 0〜1 4 2、1 4 4〜1 4 5 (實 施例8所製作的乙酸纖維素薄膜試料1 4 0〜1 4 2、1 4 4〜1 4 5所 _ 製作的偏光板)、及與實施例13同樣製作的偏光板 0 0 8〜0 1 0 (以比較例7製作的乙酸纖維素薄膜試料〇 〇 8〜〇 1 〇 而製作的偏光板),Arton薄膜(JSR社製)係貼合單軸延伸的 光學補償薄膜而具有光學補償機能。此時,光學補償薄膜 的面内遲滯的遲相軸係與偏光板的透過軸直交,正面特性 毫無變化、可提升視覺特性。光學補償薄膜的面内遲滯Re 爲2 70nm、厚度方向的遲滯Rth爲〇ηιη係使用Nz因子爲 0.5 者。 -109- 200526730 製作2組上述偏光板1 4 4與光學補償薄膜的積層體, 如光學補償薄膜爲各個液晶晶胞側,「偏光板1 44與光學補 7[員薄Θ吴的積層體+ IP S型的液晶晶胞+偏光板1 4 4與光學補 償薄膜的積層體」的輪流重合以製作排入的顯示裝置。此 時,將上下偏光板的透過軸直交,上側偏光板的透過軸係 爲與液晶晶胞的分子長軸方向平行(即光學補償層遲相軸 與液晶晶胞的分子長軸方向爲直交)。液晶晶胞或電極·基 板可使用作爲IPS之習知使用者。液晶晶胞的配向爲水平 配向,液晶具有正介電率異方向性,可使用於IP S液晶用 所開發市售者。液晶晶胞的物性係液晶的△ η : 0.0 9 9、液晶 層的晶胞間隙:3 · 0/xm、預傾角:5度、摩擦方向:基板上下均 爲75度。 同樣地偏光板140〜142及偏光板145也準備2組貼合 光學補償薄膜之積層體,以製作IP S液晶晶胞與排入的顯 示裝置。 在如以上般製作的液晶顯示裝置中,測定在由裝置正 面的方位角方向45度、極角方向70度的黑顯示時之光漏 率的結果,係記載於第5表。 比該値小的斜向45度方向之光漏少,顯示顯示裝置的 對比良好,可評價液晶顯示裝置的視野角特性。使用由本 發明的乙酸纖維素薄膜所成之偏光板140〜2、14 4〜145的情 形,與使用由比較試料所成之偏光板〇〇 8〜010的情形相比 較,光漏率爲1 /5 0至1 /4時係全部都小。又將使用偏光板 1 4 0〜1 4 2、1 4 4〜1 4 5的情形與使用偏光板0 0 8〜0 1 0的情形相 比較,顯示裝置的色味變化變小。其係爲本發明乙酸纖維 -110- 200526730 素薄膜S式料140〜142、144〜145的Re、Rth之値,且波長依 存性小’所以任一波長的Re、Rth絕對値小。藉由如以上 般的本發明乙酸纖維素薄膜所製作的光學補償薄膜及偏光 板’已知視野角特性優異,顯示色味難以有所變化。 又’亦與使用實施例1〜6的薄膜情形進行同樣的評價 時’ IP S面板黑顯示時的光漏爲低於〇 . 2 %時,可得到具有 優異性能的顯示裝置。 第5表 試料 膜厚 Re(630) Rth(630) Re 〉分营欠 Rth分散 光漏 008 40 3 , .4 n m 27 • 5 nm 3 .8 n m 2 8.0 n m 0. .5 1 009 40 2, .4nm 28 • 2 nm 1 .4nm 7.8 n m 0, .45 0 10 40 3丨 .1 nm 3 0.2nm 1 .0 n m 6.8 nm 0, .52 140 8 0 0 .5 n m -4. ,2nm 1 .1 n m 1 2.5 n m 0, 02 14 1 60 0 .3 n m -4_ ,8 nm 0 .7 n m 8.4nm 0‘ .03 142 40 0 .2 n m -3 . ,4nm 0. .5 n m 5.2 n m 0_ .02 144 80 0 .6 n m -2. ,1 n m 0, .8 n m 1 5.2 n m 0. .01 145 80 0 .5 n m -4. 8 nm 0‘ .8 n m 1 5 . 1 n m 0. ,02Rth Dispersion: | Rth (400) -Rth (700) | [Example 9] (Production of Polarizing Plate) The cellulose acetate film sample of the present invention obtained in Example 8 was 40% at 1.5 sodium hydroxide. The aqueous solution was immersed at 55 ° C for 2 minutes. It was washed in a room temperature water bath, and neutralized with sulfuric acid specified in 0.1 at 3 ° C. It was washed again in a room temperature water bath, and then air-dried at a temperature of -107-200526730 at 100 ° C. In this way, the surface of the cellulose acetate film was saponified. Then, a roll-shaped polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 80 / xm was continuously extended 5 times in an iodine aqueous solution, and dried to obtain a polarizing film. Polyvinyl alcohol (Claret PVA-117H) 3% aqueous solution was used as an adhesive, and two alkali-saponified cellulose acetate film samples i 4 〇 were prepared and bonded between polarizing films to obtain polarizing plates protected by cellulose acetate film 1 4 0 on both sides. At this time, the late-phase axis system of the cellulose acetate film sample 140 on both sides is bonded in parallel with the transmission axis of the polarizing film. The sample 1 2 of Example 1 of the present invention 1 4 1 ~ 1 4 2, 1 4 4 are produced in the same manner. A polarizing plate of 1 to 4 5. The cellulose acetate film samples of the present invention 14 to 142 and 144 to 145 φ are sufficiently adhered to the fully-stretched polyvinyl alcohol, and have excellent polarizing plate processing suitability. Below the polarizing plate They are called polarizing plates 丨 4 〇 ~ i 4 2, 丨 4 4 ~丨 4 5. [Comparative Example 8] The protective system of the above polarizing film was replaced with two pieces of the cellulose acetate film of the present invention, and two pieces of commercially available polycarbonate film "Panlite C1400" (manufactured by Teijin Kasei) were used. A polarizing plate was produced in the same operation. However, the adhesion with the extended polyvinyl alcohol was insufficient, and the polycarbonate film did not function as a protective film for a polarizing film, and there was a problem in the suitability of the polarizing plate. 9] The above-mentioned polarizing film protection system was replaced by two pieces of the cellulose acetate film of the present invention, and two pieces of Arton film (manufactured by JSR) with a thickness of 80 μηα (made by JSR) were used to make a polarizing plate. The properties are inadequate, and the Arton film has no function as a protective film for polarizing films, and there are problems in the suitability of polarizing plates. (Polarizing plate durability) -108- 200526730 The produced cellulose acetate film sample 14 ~; 142, .14, 1 ~ 4, 4 ~ 1, 4 polarizers, the samples were left under the condition of 60% 95% R η for 5,000 hours for evaluation, the use of sample 1 4 0 ~ 1 4 2 And 1 4 4 to 1 4 5 are all excellent in polarizing characteristics. The use of the low-density cellulose film of the present invention and / or the addition of a compound or a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent that reduces optical anisotropy can confirm acetic acid. Cellulose film improves durability during processing of polarizing plate. [Example 10] (Evaluation of the installation of IPS-type liquid crystal display device) · Using the cellulose acetate film obtained in Examples 7 and 8 and the polarizing plate obtained in Example 9, Evaluation of the mounting of the liquid crystal display device confirmed that the optical performance was sufficient. In addition, this example uses an IP S-type liquid crystal cell. The following examples use VA-type and OCB-type liquid crystal cells, but the use of the polarizing plate or optical compensation film of the cellulose acetate film of the present invention is not affected by liquid crystal. The operation mode of the display device is limited. With respect to the polarizing plate produced in Example 9 1 4 0 to 1 4 2, 1 4 4 to 1 4 5 (Cellulose acetate film sample produced in Example 8 1 4 0 to 1 4 2, 1 4 4 to 1 4 5 _ produced polarizing plate) and the polarizing plate produced in the same manner as in Example 13 0 0 8 to 0 1 0 (the cellulose acetate film sample produced in Comparative Example 7 was 〇08 to 〇1 〇 Plate), Arton film (manufactured by JSR) is a uniaxially stretched optical compensation film that has an optical compensation function. At this time, the retardation axis system of the in-plane retardation of the optical compensation film intersects the transmission axis of the polarizing plate at right angles, and there is no change in the front characteristics, which improves the visual characteristics. The in-plane retardation Re of the optical compensation film is 2 70 nm, and the retardation Rth in the thickness direction is 0 nm. The Nz factor is 0.5. -109- 200526730 Make two sets of laminated body of the above-mentioned polarizing plate 1 4 4 and optical compensation film. For example, the optical compensation film is on the side of each liquid crystal cell. "Polarizing plate 1 44 and optical compensation 7 The liquid crystal cell of the IP S type + the polarizing plate 1 4 4 and the laminated body of the optical compensation film are alternately overlapped to make an in-line display device. At this time, the transmission axis of the upper and lower polarizing plates is orthogonal to each other, and the transmission axis of the upper polarizing plate is parallel to the molecular long axis direction of the liquid crystal cell (that is, the retardation axis of the optical compensation layer and the molecular long axis direction of the liquid crystal cell are orthogonal) . The liquid crystal cell or the electrode / substrate can be used as a conventional user of IPS. The alignment of the liquid crystal cell is horizontal alignment, and the liquid crystal has a positive dielectric anisotropy, which can be used for IP S liquid crystal developed and marketed by marketers. The physical property of the liquid crystal cell is Δ η of the liquid crystal: 0.0 9 9. The cell gap of the liquid crystal layer: 3 · 0 / xm, the pretilt angle: 5 degrees, and the rubbing direction: the substrate is 75 degrees above and below. Similarly, two sets of polarizing plates 140 to 142 and polarizing plate 145 are prepared to be laminated with an optical compensation film, so as to produce an IP S liquid crystal cell and an in-line display device. In the liquid crystal display device produced as described above, the results of measuring the light leakage rate in black display at 45 degrees in the azimuth direction and 70 degrees in the polar angle direction of the front of the device are described in Table 5. There is less light leakage in the oblique 45-degree direction than this angle, and the contrast of the display device is good, and the viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display device can be evaluated. When the polarizing plates 140 to 2, 14 and 4 to 145 made of the cellulose acetate film of the present invention are used, compared with the case of using the polarizing plates 008 to 010 made of comparative samples, the light leakage rate is 1 / All time is small from 50 to 1/4. Furthermore, when the polarizing plates 1 4 0 to 1 2 and 1 4 4 to 1 4 5 are used, as compared with the case where the polarizing plates 0 0 8 to 0 1 0 are used, the color change of the display device becomes smaller. It is one of the Re and Rth of the acetate fiber -110-200526730 plain film S-type material 140-142 and 144-145 of the present invention, and has a small wavelength dependency, so the Re and Rth at any wavelength are absolutely small. The optical compensation film and polarizing plate produced from the cellulose acetate film of the present invention as described above are known to have excellent viewing angle characteristics and it is difficult to change the display color and taste. When the same evaluation was performed as in the case of using the films of Examples 1 to 6, when a light leakage of the IP S panel in black display is less than 0.2%, a display device having excellent performance can be obtained. Table 5 Sample film thickness Re (630) Rth (630) Re〉 Rth dispersion light leak 008 40 3, .4 nm 27 • 5 nm 3 .8 nm 2 8.0 nm 0. .5 1 009 40 2, .4nm 28 • 2 nm 1 .4nm 7.8 nm 0, .45 0 10 40 3 丨 .1 nm 3 0.2nm 1 .0 nm 6.8 nm 0, .52 140 8 0 0 .5 nm -4., 2nm 1. 1 nm 1 2.5 nm 0, 02 14 1 60 0 .3 nm -4_, 8 nm 0 .7 nm 8.4nm 0 '.03 142 40 0 .2 nm -3., 4nm 0. .5 nm 5.2 nm 0_. 02 144 80 0 .6 nm -2., 1 nm 0, .8 nm 1 5.2 nm 0. .01 145 80 0 .5 nm -4. 8 nm 0 '.8 nm 1 5. 1 nm 0., 02

(註) 膜厚: /xm(Note) Film thickness: / xm

Re 分散:|Re(400)-Re(700)|Re dispersion: | Re (400) -Re (700) |

Rth 分散:|Rth(400)-Rth(700)| 光漏: IPS面板黑顯示的光漏(%) [實施例1 1 ] (對VA型、OCB型液晶顯示裝置的實裝評價) 使用實施例1〜6及實施例7、8所得之本發明乙酸纖維 -111- 200526730 素薄膜試料,係以包含特開平1 0 - 4 8 4 2 0號公報的實施例1 中記載之液晶顯示裝置、特開平9_26 5 7 2號公報的實施例1 中記載之碟狀液晶分子的光學異方向性層,塗布聚乙烯醇 之配向膜、特開2 0 0 0 - 1 5 4 2 6 1號公報的圖2〜9中記載之V A 型液晶顯示裝置、特開2000-154261號公報的圖10〜15中 記載之OCB型液晶顯示裝置進行評價時,可得到無論在何 種場合下對比視野角均爲良好的性能。 [實施例12] (光學補償薄膜性能) 使用實施例1〜6及實施例7、8所得之本發明乙酸纖維 素薄膜試料,根據特開平7- 3 3 343 3號公報的實施例1中記 載之方法製作光學補償薄膜試料。所得過濾薄膜係在左右 上下具有優異的視野角者。因而,可知本發明的纖維素三 乙酸酯薄膜係作爲光學用途爲優異者。 [實施例1 3 ] (光學補償薄膜性能) 使用實施例1〜6及實施例7、8所得之本發明乙酸纖維 素薄膜試料,依照特開2 0 03 -3 1 5 5 4 1號公報的實施例1中 記載之方法製作光學補償薄膜試料。由2,2’-雙(3,4_二竣基 本基)六全截丙院—·無水物(6FDA)、與 2,2’ -雙(三氣甲 基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)所合成的、重量平均分子量 (Mw)7萬、爲約〇.〇4之聚釀亞S女’係於溶劑中使用環 己酮調製成2 5 wt %的溶液’塗布成本發明的乙酸纖維素薄 膜試料14〇(厚度80/xm)。之後於l〇〇°C下經1〇分鐘熱處理 後,藉由於160°C下I5%縱單軸延伸,可得到厚度6/xm的 200526730 聚醯亞胺薄膜塗布至本發明乙酸纖維素薄膜的光學補償薄 膜。該光學補丨員薄膜的先學特性係R e = 7 0 n m、R t h = 2 2 0 n m、 配向軸的切剪角度爲士0·3度以内,具有nx>ny>nz的複折射 層之光學補償薄膜。 [比較例1〇] 除了實施例8的g式料140塗布至富士 TAC TD-80UF(厚 度80μηι、Re = 5nm、Rth = 41nm)以外,藉由相同的操作,可 得到厚度6 μ m的聚酿亞胺薄膜塗布至比較試料〇 〇丨的乙酸 纖維素薄膜之光學補償薄膜。該光學補償薄膜的光學特性 係 Re=75nm、 Rth=280nm〇 (對VA型液晶顯示裝置的實裝評價) 將實施例8及比較例1 0所得光學補償薄膜的、未塗布 聚醯亞胺薄膜之側鹼化處理,藉由以聚乙烯醇系接著劑黏 著偏光子,而貼合直接偏光子。此時光學補償薄膜的nx方 向與偏光板的吸收軸係以如直交而貼合。此等光學補償薄 膜係以黏著劑貼合VA液晶面板使其在液晶晶胞側。此外, 在液晶晶胞的反對側僅將偏光板透過黏著劑貼合VA液晶 面板使得偏光板的吸收軸彼此直交。測定如以上所得液晶 顯示裝置的視野角特性時,由實施例1 2所得本發明乙酸纖 維素薄膜試料14〇所得光學補償薄膜,係爲比由富士 TAC TD-8 0UF所得之光學補償薄膜在左右上下具有優異的視野 角者。因而,可知本發明的纖維素三乙酸酯薄膜,即使作 爲VA用之祖位差薄膜使用時亦爲優異。 [實施例14] (對IPS型液晶顯示裝置的實裝評價) 200526730 <IP S模式液晶晶胞1的製作> 在一片玻璃基板上,設置電極使得隣接的電極間距離 爲2 0 /xm的樣子,於其上設置作爲配向膜之聚醯亞胺膜, 進行摩擦處理。在另外準備的一片玻璃基板的另一方表面 上,設置聚醯亞胺膜進行摩擦處理以作爲配向膜。二片玻 璃基板係配向膜彼此對向,基板之間隔(間隙;d)爲3.9/xm, 爲了使二片玻璃基板的摩擦方向成平行而重複貼合,接著 封入折射率異方向性(△ η)爲0.0 7 6 9及介電率異方向性(△ ε) 爲正的 4 · 5之向列液晶組成物。液晶層的 d ·△ η之値爲 3 0 0 n m 〇 <偏光板的製作> 使延伸的聚乙烯醇薄膜吸附碘以製作偏光膜,利用聚 乙烯醇系接著劑將實施例2製作的乙酸纖維素薄膜試料(以 上述測定方法觀測的R e値爲2 · 1 ),貼附至偏光膜的單側。 接著,對市售的乙酸纖維素薄膜(富士 TAC TF80UL、富士 照相薄膜(股)製)進行皂化處理,利用聚乙烯醇系接著劑, 以形成貼附至該偏光膜反對側的第1偏光板。 進一步在第一偏光板的作成方法中,除了兩面爲市售 的乙酸纖維素薄膜以外,同樣地製作第2偏光板。 在上述製作的IP S模式液晶晶胞之一方中,第一偏光 板的吸收軸係與液晶晶胞的摩擦方向成平行的樣子,且實 施例2的乙酸纖維素薄膜係貼附成液晶晶胞側的樣子。接 著’在IP S模试液晶晶胞的另一方側,第2偏光板係以正 交尼科耳的配置貼附,第一偏光板之側係配置成背光,以 製作液晶顯示裝置。 -114- 200526730 [比較例1 1 ] 在實施例1 4中,IP S晶胞兩面的偏光板係雙方均爲第 2偏光板以外,同樣地製作ip s液晶顯示裝置。 <製作的液晶顯示裝置的漏光測定> 測定如此製作的液晶顯示裝置之黑色味在極角60度 的全方位角方向之變化(Auv)。結果係整理如第6表。△ uv 爲〇 . 〇 5以下之實施例1 4,幾乎感覺不到色味變化,但是 〇 · 〇 5以上之比較例則明顯有色味變化,可知其係藉由使用 Re、Rth小且Re、Rth之波長分散小的本發明乙酸纖維素 薄膜,而使得色味變化受到改善。 第6表 偏光板所使用的保護薄膜 Re Rth 黑色味變化 _________(Auv) 實施例14實施例2的乙酸纖維素 2.1 20 0.03 比較例 11 富士 TAC TF-80UL 3 45 0.09Rth dispersion: | Rth (400) -Rth (700) | Light leakage: Light leakage (%) of IPS panel black display [Example 1 1] (Evaluation of installation of VA and OCB liquid crystal display devices) Implementation Samples of cellulose acetate-111-200526730 of the present invention obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and Examples 7 and 8 are liquid crystal display devices including the liquid crystal display device described in Example 1 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 10-4 8 4 2 0, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 9_26 5 7 2 describes the optically anisotropic layer of the dish-shaped liquid crystal molecules described in Example 1 and coated with an alignment film of polyvinyl alcohol. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2000- 0 5 1 2 4 1 When the VA-type liquid crystal display device described in FIGS. 2 to 9 and the OCB-type liquid crystal display device described in FIGS. 10 to 15 of JP-A-2000-154261 are evaluated, it can be obtained that the contrast angle of view is the same regardless of the occasion. Good performance. [Example 12] (Optical compensation film performance) The cellulose acetate film samples of the present invention obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and Examples 7 and 8 were described in Example 1 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-3333343. The method is used to make optical compensation film samples. The obtained filter film has an excellent viewing angle on the left, right, and up. Therefore, it can be seen that the cellulose triacetate film of the present invention is excellent for optical applications. [Example 1 3] (Performance of optical compensation film) The cellulose acetate film samples of the present invention obtained in Examples 1 to 6 and Examples 7 and 8 were used in accordance with Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2 03-3 1 5 5 4 1 An optical compensation film sample was produced by the method described in Example 1. From 2,2'-double (3,4_two completed basic base) Liuquan Tingyuan Clinic— · Anhydrous (6FDA), and 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-two Polyvinylidene S female synthesized by amine biphenyl (TFMB) with a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 70,000 and about 0.004 'was prepared into a 25 wt% solution using cyclohexanone in a solvent' The coated cellulose acetate film sample of the present invention was 14 ° (thickness 80 / xm). After heat treatment at 100 ° C for 10 minutes, the 200526730 polyimide film having a thickness of 6 / xm can be obtained by coating the cellulose acetate film of the present invention with a 15% longitudinal uniaxial extension at 160 ° C. Optical compensation film. The prior characteristics of the optical patch film are Re = 70 nm, R th = 220 nm, the shear angle of the alignment axis is within ± 0.3 degrees, and has a birefringent layer of nx > ny > nz Optical compensation film. [Comparative Example 10] Except that g formula 140 of Example 8 was applied to Fuji TAC TD-80UF (thickness 80 μηι, Re = 5 nm, Rth = 41 nm), a polymer having a thickness of 6 μm was obtained by the same operation. The optical compensation film of the cellulose acetate film coated with the imine film was applied to the comparative sample 00. The optical characteristics of this optical compensation film were Re = 75 nm and Rth = 280 nm. (Evaluation of the installation of the VA-type liquid crystal display device) The uncoated polyimide film of the optical compensation film obtained in Example 8 and Comparative Example 10 was not coated. The side alkalization treatment adheres the direct polarizers by adhering the polarizers with a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. At this time, the nx direction of the optical compensation film and the absorption axis of the polarizing plate are bonded to each other at right angles. These optical compensation films are bonded to the VA liquid crystal panel with an adhesive so as to be on the liquid crystal cell side. In addition, only the polarizing plate was bonded to the VA liquid crystal panel through the adhesive on the opposite side of the liquid crystal cell so that the absorption axes of the polarizing plates were orthogonal to each other. When measuring the viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display device obtained as described above, the optical compensation film obtained from the cellulose acetate film sample 140 of the present invention obtained in Example 12 was about 40 times larger than the optical compensation film obtained from Fuji TAC TD-8 0UF. Those with excellent viewing angles up and down. Therefore, it can be seen that the cellulose triacetate film of the present invention is excellent even when used as an ancestral difference film for VA. [Example 14] (Evaluation of the installation of an IPS-type liquid crystal display device) 200526730 < Production of IP S-mode liquid crystal cell 1 > On a glass substrate, electrodes were provided so that the distance between adjacent electrodes was 20 / xm As described above, a polyimide film as an alignment film is provided thereon and subjected to a rubbing treatment. On the other surface of a separately prepared glass substrate, a polyimide film was provided for rubbing treatment as an alignment film. The two glass substrate-based alignment films face each other, and the interval (gap; d) of the substrates is 3.9 / xm. In order to make the rubbing directions of the two glass substrates parallel, repeat the bonding, and then encapsulate the refractive index anisotropy (△ η ) Is a nematic liquid crystal composition of 0.0 7 6 9 and a dielectric anisotropy (Δ ε) of 4.5 which is positive. The d · △ η of the liquid crystal layer is 300 nm. ≪ Production of polarizing plate > An extended polyvinyl alcohol film was made to adsorb iodine to produce a polarizing film. The polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive was used to produce the polarizing film. A cellulose acetate film sample (R e 値 observed by the above-mentioned measurement method was 2 · 1) was attached to one side of the polarizing film. Next, a commercially available cellulose acetate film (Fuji TAC TF80UL, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film (Stock)) was saponified, and a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive was used to form a first polarizing plate attached to the opposite side of the polarizing film. . Furthermore, in the method for preparing the first polarizing plate, a second polarizing plate was produced in the same manner except that commercially available cellulose acetate films were used on both sides. In one of the IP S mode liquid crystal cells manufactured as described above, the absorption axis system of the first polarizing plate is parallel to the rubbing direction of the liquid crystal cell, and the cellulose acetate film of Example 2 is attached to form a liquid crystal cell. The side looks. Then, on the other side of the LCD cell in the IP S mode test, the second polarizing plate is attached in an orthogonal Nicol arrangement, and the side of the first polarizing plate is arranged as a backlight to produce a liquid crystal display device. -114- 200526730 [Comparative Example 1 1] In Example 14, the IPS liquid crystal display device was fabricated in the same manner except that the polarizing plates on both sides of the IP S cell were both second polarizing plates. < Measurement of light leakage of the produced liquid crystal display device > The change in the black taste of the thus-produced liquid crystal display device in the omnidirectional direction (Auv) at a polar angle of 60 degrees was measured. The results are summarized in Table 6. In Example 14 where △ uv is 0.05 or less, the color and taste change is hardly felt, but the comparative example of 0.05 or more has a color and taste change obviously. It can be seen that by using Re, Rth is small and Re, The cellulose acetate film of the present invention having a small wavelength dispersion has improved color and taste changes. Table 6 Re Rth protective film used for polarizing plate Change in black taste _________ (Auv) Example 14 Example 2 Cellulose acetate 2.1 20 0.03 Comparative Example 11 Fuji TAC TF-80UL 3 45 0.09

Claims (1)

200526730 十、申請專利範圍: 1 . 一種乙酸纖維素薄膜,其特徵係在2 5 °C的薄膜密度爲 1.2 8 0以下,且厚度方向的遲滯値爲]2nm至2Snm。 2.如申5靑專利範圍第1項之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中厚度方向 的遲滯値爲0至25nm。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第2項之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中厚度方向 的遲滯値爲〇至i 5nm。 4 ·如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜, 其中面内遲滯値的絕對値爲〇至1 〇nm。 _ 5 ·如申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜, 其中膜厚爲丨〇至5 00/χπι。 6·如申請專利範圍第5項之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中膜厚爲40 至 2 0 0 μιη。 7·如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜, 其中構成薄膜之乙酸纖維素係具有2 · 8 7至3.0 0範圍的取 代度。 8·如申請專利範圍第1至7項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜, 鲁 其中更含有滿足下述式(I)條件之遲滯降低劑,且該遲滯 降低劑係具有滿足下述式(II)的量: (I) (Rth(A)-Rth(0)/A ^ -1.0 (II) 0.01 ^ 30 [式中’ Rth( A)係爲每100質量份乙酸纖維素含有A質纛 份的遲滯降低劑之乙酸纖維素薄膜厚度方向的遲滯 値;Rth(0)係爲除了不添加遲滯降低劑以外,同樣製作的 乙酸纖維素薄膜厚度方向的遲滯値;而且,A係每100質 -116- 200526730 量份乙酸纖維素的遲滯降低劑添加量(質量份)]。 9 .如申請專利範圍第1至8項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜, 其係藉由氯系溶劑爲主溶劑之溶劑流延法而製造。 1 0 ·如申請專利範圍第9項之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶劑 與乙酸纖維素之混合物係使用經在_ i 〇 〇 一 i 〇 〇c冷却步驟 而調製的乙酸纖維素溶液。 11.如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶 劑與乙酸纖維素之混合物係使用在]〇 〇〜_ i 〇 t冷却步驟 之前’氯系溶劑與乙酸纖維素之混合物藉由在_;[ 〇〜5 5 t 實施膨潤之步驟而調製的乙酸纖維素溶液。 1 2 .如申請專利範圍第丨〇項之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶 劑與乙酸纖維素之混合物係使用在_ i 〇 〇〜_ i 0 C冷却步驟 之後’氯系溶劑與乙酸纖維素之混合物藉由於〇〜57艺實 施加溫步驟而調製的乙酸纖維素溶液。 1 3 .如申請專利範圍第9項之乙酸纖維素薄膜,其中氯系溶劑 與乙酸纖維素之混合物係使用藉由於30〜2 00 C加熱步驟 而調製的乙酸纖維素溶液。 1 4 . 一種光學補償片,其係具有至少一片以上如申請專利範 圍第1至1 3項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜。 1 5 . —種偏光板,其係具有至少一片以上如申請專利範圍第1 至1 3項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜。 1 6 · —種液晶顯示裝置,其係具有至少一片以上如申請專利 範圍第1至1 3項中任一項之乙酸纖維素薄膜。 1 7 ·如申請專利範圔第〗6項之液晶顯示裝置,其係爲VA模式 或IPS模式。 200526730 七、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: Μ 〇 j\\\ 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式:200526730 10. Scope of patent application: 1. A cellulose acetate film characterized by a film density at 25 ° C of 1.280 or less and a hysteresis in the thickness direction of 2 nm to 2 Snm. 2. The cellulose acetate film according to item 1 of the patent application No. 5, wherein the hysteresis in the thickness direction is 0 to 25 nm. 3. The cellulose acetate film according to item 2 of the patent application, wherein the retardation 値 in the thickness direction is 0 to i 5 nm. 4. The cellulose acetate film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the absolute 値 of the in-plane retardation 値 is 0 to 10 nm. _ 5 • The cellulose acetate film according to any one of the claims 1 to 4, wherein the film thickness is from 0 to 5 00 / χπι. 6. The cellulose acetate film according to item 5 of the application, wherein the film thickness is 40 to 200 μm. 7. The cellulose acetate film according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the cellulose acetate constituting the film has a degree of substitution in the range of 2.87 to 3.00. 8. If the cellulose acetate film according to any one of claims 1 to 7 of the patent application range, Lu further contains a retardation reducing agent that satisfies the following formula (I), and the retardation reducing agent has the following formula ( The amount of II): (I) (Rth (A) -Rth (0) / A ^ -1.0 (II) 0.01 ^ 30 [wherein 'Rth (A) is a substance containing 100 mass parts of cellulose acetate per 100 parts by mass of cellulose acetate. The retardation 値 in the thickness direction of the cellulose acetate film of the retardation reducing agent; Rth (0) is the retardation 値 in the thickness direction of the cellulose acetate film produced in the same manner except that the retardation reducing agent is not added; -116- 200526730 Addition amount of hysteresis reducing agent (parts by mass) of cellulose acetate] 9. If the cellulose acetate film according to any one of the claims 1 to 8 of the patent application scope, the chlorine solvent is Manufactured by the solvent casting method of the main solvent. 10 • The cellulose acetate film as described in item 9 of the patent application scope, wherein the mixture of the chlorine-based solvent and the cellulose acetate is cooled by _ i 〇〇 一 i 〇〇c Cellulose acetate solution prepared by the steps. 11. As described in item 10 of the scope of patent application Acid cellulose film, where a mixture of a chlorine-based solvent and cellulose acetate is used before the cooling step] 〇〇〜_ i 〇t The mixture of a chlorine-based solvent and cellulose acetate is used in _; [〇 ~ 5 5 t The cellulose acetate solution prepared by carrying out the swelling step. 1 2. For example, the cellulose acetate film of the scope of application for patent No. 丨 0, wherein a mixture of a chlorine solvent and cellulose acetate is used in _ i 〇〇〜_ i 0 C. After the cooling step, a mixture of a chlorine-based solvent and cellulose acetate is prepared by performing a heating step as described in 0 to 57. 1 3. As described in the cellulose acetate film of claim 9 in the patent application, wherein A mixture of a solvent and cellulose acetate uses a cellulose acetate solution prepared by a heating step of 30 to 2000 C. 1 4. An optical compensation sheet having at least one piece as described in the patent application range 1 to 1 3 A cellulose acetate film according to any one of the above items. 1 5. A polarizing plate having at least one piece of cellulose acetate film according to any one of the claims 1 to 13 of the patent application range. 1 6 · A liquid crystal display device having at least one piece of cellulose acetate film as described in any one of claims 1 to 13 of the scope of the patent application. 1 7 · Such as the liquid crystal display device of the sixth patent application, It is in VA mode or IPS mode. 200526730 7. Designated Representative Map: (1) The designated representative map in this case is: None. (2) Brief description of the component symbols of this representative map: Μ 〇j \\\ 8. If there is any In the case of a chemical formula, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention:
TW093133833A 2003-11-06 2004-11-05 Method for producing cellulose acetate film TWI372772B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003377111 2003-11-06

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200526730A true TW200526730A (en) 2005-08-16
TWI372772B TWI372772B (en) 2012-09-21

Family

ID=37244333

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW093133833A TWI372772B (en) 2003-11-06 2004-11-05 Method for producing cellulose acetate film

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20050043717A (en)
TW (1) TWI372772B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI422878B (en) * 2006-03-23 2014-01-11 Sumitomo Chemical Co Polarizing plate and its manufacturing method

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7961275B2 (en) * 2005-06-30 2011-06-14 Lg Display Co., Ltd. In-plane switching liquid crystal display device and method of fabricating the same
KR101327490B1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2013-11-08 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 in-plane switching mode liquid crystal display device including optical retardation film and manufacturing method of the same
KR100880092B1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2009-01-23 주식회사 엘지화학 Surface modification of hydrocarbon-based polymer electrolyte membrane
KR101352529B1 (en) * 2008-07-10 2014-01-15 에스케이이노베이션 주식회사 Cellulose acetate film
KR101144595B1 (en) * 2008-07-10 2012-05-11 에스케이이노베이션 주식회사 Cellulose acetate film
KR101144597B1 (en) * 2010-09-01 2012-05-11 에스케이이노베이션 주식회사 Cellulose acetate film

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI422878B (en) * 2006-03-23 2014-01-11 Sumitomo Chemical Co Polarizing plate and its manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI372772B (en) 2012-09-21
KR20050043717A (en) 2005-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4740604B2 (en) Optical compensation film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
US20050045064A1 (en) Cellulose acylate film for optical use, and producing method thereof
JPWO2006118038A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and transverse electric field switching mode type liquid crystal display device
KR20120032548A (en) Optical film, optical compensation film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display unit and self luminous display unit
TW200804476A (en) Cellulose acylate film, method of producing the same, cellulose derivative film, optically compensatory film using the same, optically-compensatory film incorporating polarizing plate, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2005154764A (en) Cellulose acetate film, optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2006030937A (en) Cellulose acylate film, optical compensation film using the same and polarizing plate
JP4771692B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP2011173964A (en) Cellulose acylate film, and retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display using the same
JP2006291186A (en) Cellulose acylate film, method for producing the same, optical compensating film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2006117981A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and transverse electric field switching mode type liquid crystal display device
JP2004315613A (en) Cellulose acylate film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate-protecting film, liquid crystal display device, and silver halide photographic photosensitive material
JP2007072390A (en) Cellulose acylate film, and optical compensation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device using same
KR101268747B1 (en) Cellulose acylate film, optical compensation film, polarizing film and liquid crystal display
JP5741850B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate including the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2006305751A (en) Cellulose acylate film, its manufacturing method, phase difference film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2006257143A (en) Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
TWI408464B (en) Liquid crystal display device
TW200526730A (en) Cellulose acetate film, optical compensatory sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2006206826A (en) Cellulose acylate film, manufacturing method of cellulose acylate film, optical compensation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display unit
JP4596940B2 (en) Method for producing cellulose acylate film
KR20140139068A (en) Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2006201502A (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6450667B2 (en) Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method of polarizing plate protective film
JP2005314613A (en) Cellulose acylate film, and optical film and image display device using the same